* config/default.exp: Do not load the unneeded util-defs.exp.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
c02a867d 11Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
21655b03 12 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
e9c75b65 13 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
14Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
15Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
16
e9c75b65
EZ
17Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
18under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 19any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
20Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
21Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
22Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
23@end ifinfo
24
25@setchapternewpage off
25822942 26@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 27
56caf160
EZ
28@syncodeindex fn cp
29@syncodeindex vr cp
30
c906108c 31@titlepage
25822942 32@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
33@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
34@author John Gilmore
35@author Cygnus Solutions
36@author Second Edition:
37@author Stan Shebs
38@author Cygnus Solutions
39@page
40@tex
41\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
42\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
43{\parskip=0pt
44\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
45\hfill \manvers\par
46\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
47}
48@end tex
49
50@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235 51Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
21655b03 52 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 53
e9c75b65
EZ
54Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
55under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 56any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
57Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
58Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
59Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
60@end titlepage
61
449f3b6c 62@contents
449f3b6c 63
c906108c
SS
64@node Top
65@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
66@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
67@top Scope of this Document
68
25822942
DB
69This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
70includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
71as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
72
73@menu
74* Requirements::
75* Overall Structure::
76* Algorithms::
77* User Interface::
89437448 78* libgdb::
c906108c
SS
79* Symbol Handling::
80* Language Support::
81* Host Definition::
82* Target Architecture Definition::
83* Target Vector Definition::
84* Native Debugging::
85* Support Libraries::
86* Coding::
87* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 88* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 89* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 90* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 91* Testsuite::
c906108c 92* Hints::
aab4e0ec 93
bcd7e15f 94* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 95* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 96* Index::
c906108c
SS
97@end menu
98
99@node Requirements
100
101@chapter Requirements
56caf160 102@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
103
104Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
105requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
106of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
107that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 108
56caf160
EZ
109First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
110front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
111shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 112
56caf160
EZ
113@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
114available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
115programmer.
c906108c 116
56caf160
EZ
117@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
118the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
119going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
120to debugger commands.
c906108c 121
56caf160
EZ
122@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
123While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 124picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
125programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
126mollify the debugger.
c906108c 127
56caf160
EZ
128@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
129Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
130heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 131
56caf160
EZ
132@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
133available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
134supports.
c906108c
SS
135
136
137@node Overall Structure
138
139@chapter Overall Structure
140
56caf160
EZ
141@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
142symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
143@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 144
2e685b93 145The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
146supporting code.
147
148The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
149interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
150parsing, type and value printing.
151
152The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
153physical target manipulation.
154
155The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
156number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
157elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
158supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
159this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
160should fit together.
161
162@section The Symbol Side
163
56caf160
EZ
164The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
165you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
166For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
167many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
168
169@section The Target Side
170
56caf160
EZ
171The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
172Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
173of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
174available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
175
176Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
177display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 178such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
179relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
180way.
181
182@section Configurations
183
56caf160
EZ
184@cindex host
185@cindex target
25822942 186@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
187@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
188executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
189third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
190
191Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support.
192Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host
193float format.
194
195Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
196dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
197breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
198to call a function.
199
200Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
201is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
202host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target
203process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
204registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
205in the native-dependent files.
206
207Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
208are really part of the target environment, but which require
209@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
210file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
211
25822942 212When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you
c906108c
SS
213have to include all three kinds of information.
214
215
216@node Algorithms
217
218@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 219@cindex algorithms
c906108c 220
56caf160
EZ
221@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
222often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
223cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
224algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
225they use.
c906108c
SS
226
227@section Frames
228
56caf160
EZ
229@cindex frame
230@cindex call stack frame
231A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
232and called functions.
c906108c 233
56caf160
EZ
234@findex create_new_frame
235@vindex FRAME_FP
c906108c 236@code{FRAME_FP} in the machine description has no meaning to the
56caf160
EZ
237machine-independent part of @value{GDBN}, except that it is used when
238setting up a new frame from scratch, as follows:
c906108c 239
474c8240 240@smallexample
0ba6dca9 241create_new_frame (read_register (DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM), read_pc ()));
474c8240 242@end smallexample
c906108c 243
56caf160 244@cindex frame pointer register
0ba6dca9
AC
245Other than that, all the meaning imparted to @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}
246is imparted by the machine-dependent code. So,
247@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} can have any value that is convenient for
248the code that creates new frames. (@code{create_new_frame} calls
249@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO} if it is defined; that is where
250you should use the @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} value, if your frames are
251nonstandard.)
c906108c 252
56caf160 253@cindex frame chain
618ce49f
AC
254Given a @value{GDBN} frame, define @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN} to
255determine the address of the calling function's frame. This will be
256used to create a new @value{GDBN} frame struct, and then
e9582e71 257@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO} and
a5afb99f 258@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC} will be called for the new frame.
c906108c
SS
259
260@section Breakpoint Handling
261
56caf160 262@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
263In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
264where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
265that location.
266
267There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
268breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
269
56caf160
EZ
270@cindex hardware breakpoints
271@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
272Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
273features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
274register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 275(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 276ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
277exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
278
279Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
280include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
281processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
282address.
283
284A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
285breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
286software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
287breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 288@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 289for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
290
291Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 292limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 293start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 294notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
295whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
296breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
297an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
298
299@cindex software breakpoints
300Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
301The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
302instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
303that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
304@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
305user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
306instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
307
308Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 309must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 310can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 311although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
312
313Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
314instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
315target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
316breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
317larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
318targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
319instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
320set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
321although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
322instruction.
323
56caf160 324@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
325The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro
326@code{BREAKPOINT}.
327
328Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
329much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
330
331@section Single Stepping
332
333@section Signal Handling
334
335@section Thread Handling
336
337@section Inferior Function Calls
338
339@section Longjmp Support
340
56caf160 341@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 342@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
343@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
344stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
345which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
346command.
c906108c 347
56caf160 348@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
349To make this work, you need to define a macro called
350@code{GET_LONGJMP_TARGET}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf}
351structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf}
352is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate
56caf160 353@file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and
c906108c
SS
354@file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this.
355
9742079a
EZ
356@section Watchpoints
357@cindex watchpoints
358
359Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
360breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
361instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
362your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
363hunt down and kill such bugs.
364
365@cindex hardware watchpoints
366@cindex software watchpoints
367Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
368known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
369hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
370software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
371will use software watchpoints are:
372
373@itemize @bullet
374@item
375The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
376watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
377to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
378more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
379watchpoints.
380
381@item
382The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
383registers (as opposed to memory).
384
385@item
386Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
387this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
388resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
389breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
390breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
391
392@item
393No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
394implementation.
395@end itemize
396
397Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
398single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
399watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
400section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
401
b6b8ece6
EZ
402When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
403possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
404For a data-write watchpoint, it does so by evaluating, for each
405watchpoint, the expression whose value is being watched, and testing
406whether the watched value has changed. For data-read and data-access
407watchpoints, @value{GDBN} needs the target to supply a primitive that
408returns the address of the data that was accessed or read (see the
409description of @code{target_stopped_data_address} below): if this
410primitive returns a valid address, @value{GDBN} infers that a
411watchpoint triggered if it watches an expression whose evaluation uses
412that address.
413
9742079a
EZ
414@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
415watchpoints:
416
417@table @code
418@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
419@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
420If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
421
422@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
423@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
424Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
425possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
426of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
427not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
428number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
429is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
430are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
431the same time).
432
433@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
434@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
435Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
436whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
437
438@findex TARGET_REGION_SIZE_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
439@item TARGET_REGION_SIZE_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{size})
440Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
441whose size is @var{size}. @value{GDBN} only uses this macro as a
442fall-back, in case @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is not
443defined.
444
b6b8ece6 445@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
446@findex target_insert_watchpoint
447@findex target_remove_watchpoint
448@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
449@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
450Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
451@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
452possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
453defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
454
474c8240 455@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
456 enum target_hw_bp_type
457 @{
458 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
459 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
460 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
461 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
462 @};
474c8240 463@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
464
465@noindent
466These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
467
468@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
469@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
470@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
471@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
472@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
473Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address @var{addr}.
474Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure. @var{shadow} is the
475real contents of the byte where the breakpoint has been inserted; it
476is generally not valid when hardware breakpoints are used, but since
477no other code touches these values, the implementations of the above
478two macros can use them for their internal purposes.
479
480@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
481@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
482If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
483associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
b6b8ece6
EZ
484@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. Note that
485this primitive is used by @value{GDBN} only on targets that support
486data-read or data-access type watchpoints, so targets that have
487support only for data-write watchpoints need not implement these
488primitives.
9742079a 489
9742079a
EZ
490@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
491@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
492If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
493watchpoint to step over it.
494
495@findex HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
496@item HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
497If defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
498watchpoint to step the inferior over it.
499
500@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
501@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
502If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
503inferior after a watchpoint has been hit.
504
505@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
506@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
507If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
508watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
509
510@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
511@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
512Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
513the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
514Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
515the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
516type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
517target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
518the @var{wait_status} argument.
519
520@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
521@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
522determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
523it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
524@end table
525
526@subsection x86 Watchpoints
527@cindex x86 debug registers
528@cindex watchpoints, on x86
529
530The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
531registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
532generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
533support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
534subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
535
536To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
537following:
538
539@itemize @bullet
540@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
541@item
542Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
543target-dependent headers.
544
545@item
546Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
547defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
548
549@item
550Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
551@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
552@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
553
554@item
555Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
556below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
557which does the real work.
558@end itemize
559
560The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
561debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
562real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
563provide:
564
565@table @code
566@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
567@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
568Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
569
570@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
571@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
572Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
573
574@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
575@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
576Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
577number @var{idx}.
578
579@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
580@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
581Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
582used immediately after it is returned by
583@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
584register values.
585@end table
586
587For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
588that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
589to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
590allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
591expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
592wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
593maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
594anything to use this feature.
595
596The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
597bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
598be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
599region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
600@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
601bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
602a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
603region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
604
605The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
606@value{GDBN}'s application code:
607
608@table @code
609@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
610@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
611The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
612this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
613watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
614less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
615processors.
616
617@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
618@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
619The target function
620@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
621This
9742079a
EZ
622function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
623Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
624macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
625set in DR6.
626
ac77d04f
JJ
627@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
628@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
629The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
630is set to call this function. The
631argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
632function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
633Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
634macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
635returned.
636
9742079a
EZ
637@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
638@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
639@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
640@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
641Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
642@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
643are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
644looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
645region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
646reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
647register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
648the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
649value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
650register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
651and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
652inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
653@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
654required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
655each debug register.
656
657@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
658in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
659length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
660values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
661@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
662watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
663decrements the reference count, and only calls
664@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
665the count goes to zero.
666
667@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
668@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
669@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow}
670@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
671These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
672macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
673@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
674These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
675@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
676the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
677hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
678register.
679
680@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
681@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
682This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
683hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 684@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
685address whose watchpoint triggered.
686
687@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
688@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
689This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
690bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
691the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
692@end table
693
694@noindent
695@strong{Notes:}
696@enumerate 1
697@item
698x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
699However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
700@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
701watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
702on x86.
703
704@item
705x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
706only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
707there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
708whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
709current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
710always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
711watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
712unavailable in many platforms.
713@end enumerate
714
bcd7e15f
JB
715@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
716@cindex observer pattern interface
717@cindex notifications about changes in internals
718
719In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
720some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
721modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
722hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
723versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
724@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
725a strong limitation.
726
727A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
728Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
729a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
730previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
731easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
732interface when adding new notifications.
733
734See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
735currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
736implementation is also briefly discussed.
737
c906108c
SS
738@node User Interface
739
740@chapter User Interface
741
25822942 742@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface
c906108c
SS
743is the most common and most familiar, there are others.
744
745@section Command Interpreter
746
56caf160 747@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 748@cindex CLI
25822942 749The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
750allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
751has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
752a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
753
56caf160
EZ
754For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
755@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
756to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
757
56caf160
EZ
758@findex add_cmd
759@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
760To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
761the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 762place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 763the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 764
40dd2248
TT
765@findex add_setshow_cmd
766@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
767To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
768@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
769a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
770further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
771the new command structures for manipulation.
772
56caf160
EZ
773@cindex deprecating commands
774@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
775Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
776deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
777aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
778@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
779return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
780command immediately after it is created.
781
c72e7388 782The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60
FN
783replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
784@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e. the
785entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 786
0ee54786
EZ
787@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
788@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
789@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
790
791@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
792The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
793@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
794interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
795from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
796every UI, to produce output.
797
798@subsection Overview and Terminology
799
800In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
801of output, and can even generate an input request.
802
803Output can be generated for the following purposes:
804
805@itemize @bullet
806@item
807to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
808
809@item
810to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
811operation;
812
813@item
814to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
815progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
816
817@item
818to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
819
820@item
821to show @emph{debug data};
822
823@item
824to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
825@end itemize
826
827@noindent
828This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
829although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
830
831Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
832involves one or more of the following:
833
834@itemize @bullet
835@item
836output of the actual data
837
838@item
839formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
840easily readable by humans
841
842@item
843machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
844parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
845
846@item
c72e7388
AC
847annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
848parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
849@end itemize
850
851The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
852Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
853of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
854deprecated.
855
c72e7388
AC
856Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
857a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
858non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
859header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 860
c72e7388
AC
861@table @code
862@item <table> @expansion{}
863@code{<header> <body>}
864@item <header> @expansion{}
865@code{@{ <column> @}}
866@item <column> @expansion{}
867@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
868@item <body> @expansion{}
869@code{@{<row>@}}
870@end table
0ee54786
EZ
871
872
873@subsection General Conventions
874
c72e7388
AC
875Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
876@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
877object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 878
c72e7388
AC
879The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
880to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 881
c72e7388
AC
882The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
883When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
884sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
885format.
886
c72e7388
AC
887When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
888call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
889
890
c72e7388 891@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
892
893@cindex list output functions
894@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
895@cindex tuple output functions
896This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
897tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
898(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 899
c72e7388
AC
900To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
901containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
902fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 903
c72e7388
AC
904Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
905rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
906even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
907
908@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
909Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
910maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
911
912The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
913
474c8240 914@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
915 ui_out_table_begin
916 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 917 @dots{}
0ee54786 918 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 919 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 920 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
921 @dots{}
922 ui_out_tuple_end
923 @dots{}
0ee54786 924 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 925@end smallexample
0ee54786 926
c72e7388 927Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
928functions:
929
c72e7388
AC
930@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
931The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
932of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
933function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
934the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
935@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
936pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
937@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
938was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
939
940The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
941the end of the table's output.
942@end deftypefun
943
c72e7388
AC
944@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
945@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
946table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
947column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
948@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
949
950The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
951value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
952@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
953center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
954specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
955column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
956call.
0ee54786
EZ
957@end deftypefun
958
959@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 960This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
961@end deftypefun
962
963@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
964This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
965after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
966functions.
0ee54786
EZ
967
968There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
969call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
970will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
971@end deftypefun
972
c72e7388 973The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 974call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
975@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
976@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
977calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
978
c72e7388
AC
979@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
980This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
981to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
982implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
983after the call.
984@end deftypefun
985
986@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
987This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
988one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
989@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
990be signaled.
991@end deftypefun
992
993@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
994This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
995(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
996and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 997cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
998@smallexample
999struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1000ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1001old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1002 uiout);
1003@end smallexample
1004@end deftypefun
1005
1006@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1007This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1008an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1009implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1010after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1011@end deftypefun
1012
1013@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1014This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1015one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1016@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1017be signaled.
1018@end deftypefun
1019
1020@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1021Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1022opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
1023that will close the list.list.
0ee54786
EZ
1024@end deftypefun
1025
1026@subsection Item Output Functions
1027
1028@cindex item output functions
1029@cindex field output functions
1030@cindex data output
1031The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1032items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1033
1034Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1035
1036@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1037This is the most general output function. It produces the
1038representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1039according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1040@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1041supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1042supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1043
1044This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1045use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1046@end deftypefun
1047
c72e7388 1048@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1049This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1050@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1051the name of the field.
1052@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1053
1054@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1055This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1056@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1057@var{fldname} specifies
1058the name of the field.
1059@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1060
c72e7388 1061@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1062This function outputs an address.
1063@end deftypefun
1064
c72e7388 1065@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1066This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1067specification.
1068@end deftypefun
1069
1070Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1071functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1072@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1073the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1074used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1075of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1076@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1077you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1078@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1079@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1080and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1081constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1082you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1083@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1084
1085@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1086This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1087same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1088passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1089@code{ui_stream} object.
1090@end deftypefun
1091
1092@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1093This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1094@var{streambuf}.
1095@end deftypefun
1096
c72e7388 1097@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1098This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1099@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1100@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1101@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1102the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1103@end deftypefun
1104
1105@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1106out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1107@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1108cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1109skeleton code to do that:
1110
1111@smallexample
1112 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1113 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1114 ...
1115 do_cleanups (old);
1116@end smallexample
1117
1118If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1119of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1120
1121@smallexample
1122 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1123 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1124@end smallexample
1125
1126Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1127@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1128same buffer twice.
1129
1130@subsection Utility Output Functions
1131
c72e7388 1132@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1133This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1134an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1135@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1136@end deftypefun
1137
c72e7388 1138@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1139This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1140easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1141this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1142from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1143
1144Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1145the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1146to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1147string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1148output short messages.
1149@end deftypefun
1150
1151@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1152This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1153text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1154list.
1155@end deftypefun
1156
c72e7388 1157@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1158This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1159verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1160current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1161verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1162setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1163as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1164argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1165@end deftypefun
1166
1167@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1168This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1169of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1170output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1171be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1172accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1173explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1174@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1175@end deftypefun
1176
1177@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1178This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1179the UI buffers output.
1180@end deftypefun
1181
1182
1183@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1184
1185@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1186@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1187This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1188functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1189@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1190@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1191
1192This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1193produce a table.
1194
1195The original code was:
1196
474c8240 1197@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1198 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1199 @{
1200 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1201
1202 annotate_field (0);
1203 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1204 annotate_field (1);
1205 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1206 annotate_field (2);
1207 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1208 annotate_field (3);
1209 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1210 if (addressprint)
1211 @{
1212 annotate_field (4);
1213 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1214 @}
1215 annotate_field (5);
1216 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1217
1218 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1219 @}
474c8240 1220@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1221
1222Here's the new version:
1223
474c8240 1224@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1225 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1226
1227 if (addressprint)
1228 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1229 else
1230 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1231
1232 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1233 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1234 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1235 annotate_field (0);
1236 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1237 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1238 annotate_field (1);
1239 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1240 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1241 annotate_field (2);
1242 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1243 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1244 annotate_field (3);
1245 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1246 if (addressprint)
1247 @{
1248 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1249 annotate_field (4);
1250 if (TARGET_ADDR_BIT <= 32)
1251 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1252 else
c72e7388
AC
1253 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1254 @}
1255 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1256 annotate_field (5);
1257 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1258 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1259 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1260 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1261@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1262
1263This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1264to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1265in the above example. The original code was:
1266
474c8240 1267@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1268 annotate_record ();
1269 annotate_field (0);
1270 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1271 annotate_field (1);
1272 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1273 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1274 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1275 (int)b->type);
1276 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1277 annotate_field (2);
1278 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1279 annotate_field (3);
1280 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1281 @dots{}
474c8240 1282@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1283
1284This is the new version:
1285
474c8240 1286@smallexample
0ee54786 1287 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1288 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1289 annotate_field (0);
1290 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1291 annotate_field (1);
1292 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1293 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1294 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1295 (int) b->type);
1296 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1297 annotate_field (2);
1298 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1299 annotate_field (3);
1300 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1301 @dots{}
474c8240 1302@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1303
1304This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1305produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1306functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1307automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1308
474c8240 1309@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1310 annotate_field (5);
1311 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1312@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1313
1314The new version is:
1315
474c8240 1316@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1317 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1318 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1319 ...
1320 annotate_field (5);
1321 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1322 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1323@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1324
1325This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1326@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1327was:
1328
474c8240 1329@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1330 annotate_field (5);
1331 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1332 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1333 else
1334 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1335@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1336
1337It became:
1338
474c8240 1339@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1340 annotate_field (5);
1341 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1342 @{
1343 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1344 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1345 @}
1346 else
1347 @{
1348 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1349 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1350 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1351 @}
474c8240 1352@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1353
1354The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1355use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1356code was:
1357
474c8240 1358@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1359 annotate_field (5);
1360 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1361 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1362@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1363
1364It became:
1365
474c8240 1366@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1367 annotate_field (5);
1368 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1369 @{
1370 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1371 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1372 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1373 @}
474c8240 1374@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1375
1376Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1377code was:
1378
474c8240 1379@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1380 annotate_field (5);
1381 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1382 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1383@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1384
1385It became:
1386
474c8240 1387@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1388 annotate_field (5);
1389 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1390 @{
1391 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1392 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1393 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1394 @}
474c8240 1395@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1396
1397Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1398
474c8240 1399@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1400 annotate_field (4);
1401 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1402 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1403@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1404
1405It became:
1406
474c8240 1407@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1408 annotate_field (4);
1409 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1410@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1411
1412
c906108c
SS
1413@section Console Printing
1414
1415@section TUI
1416
89437448 1417@node libgdb
c906108c 1418
89437448
AC
1419@chapter libgdb
1420
1421@section libgdb 1.0
1422@cindex @code{libgdb}
1423@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1424to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1425
1426@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1427@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1428@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1429better able to support graphical and other environments.
1430
1431Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1432evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1433
1434@itemize @bullet
1435@item
1436Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1437@item
1438Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1439@item
1440Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1441@item
1442Library - @file{gdb.h}
1443@end itemize
1444
1445The model that ties these components together is described below.
1446
1447@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1448
1449A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1450
1451@itemize @bullet
1452@item
1453As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1454@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1455state, etc).
1456@item
1457As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1458obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1459@end itemize
1460
1461Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g. a GUI supporting
1462the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1463controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1464@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1465before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1466
1467@section CLI support
1468
1469At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1470@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1471their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1472requirements.
1473
1474It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1475(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1476out the theory:
1477
1478@itemize @bullet
1479@item
1480The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1481@item
1482The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1483versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1484@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1485@item
1486The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1487used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1488@end itemize
1489
1490When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1491along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1492the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1493through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1494At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1495virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1496
1497The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1498@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1499client's custom builder).
1500
1501@section @code{libgdb} components
1502
1503@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1504@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1505be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1506observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1507the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1508finished the current command.
1509
1510@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1511@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1512create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1513when doing any queries.
1514
1515@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1516@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1517@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1518loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1519implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1520
1521The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1522@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1523instead of returning.
1524
1525@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1526@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1527the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1528builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1529before the query function returns.
c906108c
SS
1530
1531@node Symbol Handling
1532
1533@chapter Symbol Handling
1534
25822942 1535Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables,
c906108c
SS
1536functions, and types.
1537
1538@section Symbol Reading
1539
56caf160
EZ
1540@cindex symbol reading
1541@cindex reading of symbols
1542@cindex symbol files
1543@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1544file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1545debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1546symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1547more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while
1548reading symbols from shared libraries.
1549
1550@findex find_sym_fns
1551Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1552the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1553of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1554this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1555
1556@findex add_symtab_fns
1557@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
1558@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
1559Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
1560@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
1561to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
1562name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
1563and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 1564times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
1565prefix.
1566
1567The functions supplied by each module are:
1568
1569@table @code
1570@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
1571
56caf160 1572@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1573Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
1574symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
1575resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
1576read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
1577might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1578whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
1579
1580The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
1581@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
1582new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
1583and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
1584information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
1585in the @code{private} field.
1586
1587There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
1588@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
1589
1590@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
1591
1592Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
1593This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
1594state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
1595@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
1596arguments and no result. It may be called after
1597@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
1598may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
1599
1600@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
1601
1602Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
1603symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
1604
56caf160 1605@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
1606@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
1607the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
1608address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
1609table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g. shared library
1610or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
1611@end table
1612
1613In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
1614@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
1615to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 1616from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
1617
1618@table @code
1619@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
1620
56caf160 1621Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
1622the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
1623pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
1624symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
1625@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
1626zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
1627@end table
1628
1629@section Partial Symbol Tables
1630
56caf160 1631@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
1632
1633@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1634@cindex full symbol table
1635@cindex symtabs
1636@item
1637Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
1638information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 1639
56caf160
EZ
1640@cindex psymtabs
1641@item
1642Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
1643information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
1644symbol table.
1645
56caf160
EZ
1646@cindex minimal symbol table
1647@cindex minsymtabs
1648@item
1649Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 1650gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
1651@end itemize
1652
56caf160 1653@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
1654This section describes partial symbol tables.
1655
1656A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
1657file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 1658extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 1659need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 1660information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
1661quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
1662pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
1663the user.
1664@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
1665
1666The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
1667visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
1668that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 1669types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
1670
1671The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
1672full symbol table would represent.
1673
56caf160
EZ
1674@cindex finding a symbol
1675@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
1676The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
1677code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
1678
1679@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1680@findex find_pc_function
1681@findex find_pc_line
1682@item
1683By its address (e.g. execution stops at some address which is inside a
1684function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
1685range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
1686@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
1687@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 1688
56caf160
EZ
1689@cindex lookup_symbol
1690@item
1691By its name
c906108c
SS
1692(e.g. the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
1693function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
1694psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
1695have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
1696case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 1697qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
1698local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
1699does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
1700@end itemize
1701
1702The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
1703at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
1704while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
1705psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
1706them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
1707either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
1708name.
1709
56caf160
EZ
1710It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
1711been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
1712in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
1713all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
1714ranges.
c906108c 1715
56caf160 1716The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
1717thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
1718be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
1719bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
1720and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
1721on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
1722unless you want to do a lot more work.
1723
1724@section Types
1725
56caf160 1726@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 1727
56caf160 1728@cindex fundamental types
25822942 1729These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
1730types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
1731into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
1732that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
1733knows about.
c906108c 1734
56caf160 1735@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 1736
56caf160
EZ
1737@cindex type codes
1738Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
1739of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
1740@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
1741which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
1742types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
1743other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
1744or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 1745
56caf160 1746@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
1747
1748These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
1749fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
1750use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
1751eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
1752initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
1753@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
1754an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
1755@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
1756only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
1757@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
1758some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
1759
1760@section Object File Formats
56caf160 1761@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
1762
1763@subsection a.out
1764
56caf160
EZ
1765@cindex @code{a.out} format
1766The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
1767consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
1768which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
1769respectively.
c906108c 1770
56caf160 1771The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 1772place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
1773@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
1774format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
1775symbols with distinctive attributes.
1776
56caf160 1777The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
1778
1779@subsection COFF
1780
56caf160 1781@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
1782The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
1783COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
1784number of sections is limited.
1785
1786The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1787was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For
1788instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
1789included file.
1790
1791The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
1792
1793@subsection ECOFF
1794
56caf160 1795@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
1796ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
1797workstations.
1798
1799The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
1800
1801@subsection XCOFF
1802
56caf160 1803@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
1804The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
1805The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
1806symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
1807@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
1808information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
1809
1810The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
1811shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
1812refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
1813relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
1814using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
1815been run (or the core file has been read).
1816
1817@subsection PE
1818
56caf160
EZ
1819@cindex PE-COFF format
1820Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
1821executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
1822
25822942 1823While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
1824COFF reader.
1825
1826@subsection ELF
1827
56caf160 1828@cindex ELF format
c906108c
SS
1829The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar
1830to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes
1831many of COFF's limitations.
1832
1833The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
1834
1835@subsection SOM
1836
56caf160 1837@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
1838SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
1839SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
1840
1841The SOM reader is in @file{hpread.c}.
1842
1843@subsection Other File Formats
1844
56caf160 1845@cindex Netware Loadable Module format
25822942 1846Other file formats that have been supported by @value{GDBN} include Netware
4a98ee0e 1847Loadable Modules (@file{nlmread.c}).
c906108c
SS
1848
1849@section Debugging File Formats
1850
1851This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
1852are independent of the object file format.
1853
1854@subsection stabs
1855
56caf160 1856@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
1857@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
1858format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
1859formats, such as COFF and ELF.
1860
1861While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
1862including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
1863the real work.
1864
1865@subsection COFF
1866
56caf160 1867@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
1868The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
1869of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
1870
1871@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
1872
56caf160 1873@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
1874ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
1875
1876The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
1877
1878@subsection DWARF 1
1879
56caf160 1880@cindex DWARF 1 debugging info
c906108c
SS
1881DWARF 1 is a debugging format that was originally designed to be
1882used with ELF in SVR4 systems.
1883
c906108c
SS
1884@c GCC_PRODUCER
1885@c GPLUS_PRODUCER
1886@c LCC_PRODUCER
1887@c If defined, these are the producer strings in a DWARF 1 file. All of
1888@c these have reasonable defaults already.
1889
1890The DWARF 1 reader is in @file{dwarfread.c}.
1891
1892@subsection DWARF 2
1893
56caf160 1894@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
1895DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
1896
1897The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
1898
1899@subsection SOM
1900
56caf160 1901@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
1902Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
1903
25822942 1904@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 1905
56caf160
EZ
1906@cindex adding debugging info reader
1907If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
1908there is probably little to be done.
1909
1910If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
1911BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
1912
1913You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
25822942 1914debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines
c906108c 1915from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging
25822942 1916information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD
c906108c
SS
1917internal data structures.
1918
1919For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
1920to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
1921platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
1922will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
1923directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 1924@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
1925
1926
1927@node Language Support
1928
1929@chapter Language Support
1930
56caf160
EZ
1931@cindex language support
1932@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
1933although it is possible for the user to set the source language
1934manually.
c906108c 1935
56caf160
EZ
1936@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
1937of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
1938means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
1939identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 1940
25822942 1941@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 1942
56caf160
EZ
1943@cindex adding source language
1944To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
1945following steps:
c906108c
SS
1946
1947@table @emph
1948@item Create the expression parser.
1949
56caf160 1950@cindex expression parser
c906108c 1951This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 1952building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
1953@file{parse.c}.
1954
56caf160 1955@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
1956Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
1957parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 1958@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
1959various parsers from defining the same global names:
1960
474c8240 1961@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
1962#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
1963#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
1964#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
1965#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
1966#define yychar @var{lang}_char
1967#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
1968#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
1969#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
1970#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
1971#define yydef @var{lang}_def
1972#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
1973#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
1974#define yyact @var{lang}_act
1975#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
1976#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
1977#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 1978@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
1979
1980At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
1981initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
1982@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 1983@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
1984that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
1985and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
1986@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
1987language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
1988for more information.
1989
1990@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
1991
56caf160
EZ
1992@cindex expression evaluation routines
1993@findex evaluate_subexp
1994@findex prefixify_subexp
1995@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
1996If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
1997add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
1998code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
1999defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2000for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2001@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2002the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2003
2004@item Update some existing code
2005
2006Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2007@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2008
2009Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2010These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2011are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2012statement, an error is reported.
2013
56caf160 2014@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2015Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2016@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2017@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2018string.
2019
56caf160 2020@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2021Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2022language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2023dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2024
56caf160 2025@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2026Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2027code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2028This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2029Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2030file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2031information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2032code.
2033
56caf160
EZ
2034@findex print_subexp
2035@findex op_print_tab
2036Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2037expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2038printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2039
2040@item Add a place of call
2041
56caf160 2042@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2043Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2044@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c
SS
2045
2046@item Use macros to trim code
2047
56caf160 2048@cindex trimming language-dependent code
25822942
DB
2049The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the
2050languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language
c906108c
SS
2051@var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the
2052macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to
2053leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not
2054using your language.
2055
25822942 2056Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2057is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the
25822942 2058compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all.
c906108c 2059
56caf160
EZ
2060See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured
2061for different languages.
c906108c
SS
2062
2063@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2064
2065Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2066variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2067not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2068distribution!
c906108c
SS
2069@end table
2070
2071
2072@node Host Definition
2073
2074@chapter Host Definition
2075
56caf160 2076With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2077definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2078mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2079
2080@section Adding a New Host
2081
56caf160
EZ
2082@cindex adding a new host
2083@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2084@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2085New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2086@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2087below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2088eventually disappear.
c906108c 2089
c906108c 2090@table @file
c906108c 2091@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527
AC
2092This file once contained both host and native configuration information
2093(@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host
2094configuration information is now handed by Autoconf.
2095
2096Host configuration information included a definition of
2097@code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2098@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2099@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2100
7fd60527
AC
2101New host only configurations do not need this file.
2102
c906108c 2103@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h
7fd60527
AC
2104This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting
2105gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now
2106handled by Autoconf.
2107
2108New host and native configurations do not need this file.
2109
2110@emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h}
2111file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT},
2112@var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code
2113also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.}
c906108c 2114
c906108c
SS
2115@end table
2116
2117@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2118
56caf160 2119@cindex generic host support
c906108c
SS
2120There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
2121various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
2122defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
2123the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
2124@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}.
2125
2126Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
2127to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
2128Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o}
2129into @code{XDEPFILES}.
2130
2131@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2132@cindex remote debugging support
2133@cindex serial line support
c906108c
SS
2134@item ser-unix.c
2135This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always
2136included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this
2137variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it.
2138
2139@item ser-go32.c
2140This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2141using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2142
56caf160 2143@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c
SS
2144@item ser-tcp.c
2145This contains generic TCP support using sockets.
c906108c
SS
2146@end table
2147
2148@section Host Conditionals
2149
56caf160
EZ
2150When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2151defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
2152attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if
2153the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where
2154they are used is indicated) are:
c906108c 2155
56caf160 2156@ftable @code
25822942 2157@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2158The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2159@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2160
cce74817
JM
2161@item NO_STD_REGS
2162This macro is deprecated.
2163
c906108c
SS
2164@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2165If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2166of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2167
2168@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2169Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2170the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2171
2172@item ALIGN_STACK_ON_STARTUP
56caf160 2173@cindex stack alignment
c906108c
SS
2174Define this if your system is of a sort that will crash in
2175@code{tgetent} if the stack happens not to be longword-aligned when
2176@code{main} is called. This is a rare situation, but is known to occur
2177on several different types of systems.
2178
2179@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2180@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2181Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2182line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2183characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2184which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2185mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2186
2187@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2188@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2189The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2190
2191@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2192@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2193The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2194
c906108c
SS
2195@item FOPEN_RB
2196Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
2197
c906108c 2198@item HAVE_MMAP
56caf160 2199@findex mmap
c906108c
SS
2200In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol
2201tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates.
2202
c906108c
SS
2203@item HAVE_TERMIO
2204Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}.
2205
c906108c 2206@item INT_MAX
9742079a
EZ
2207@itemx INT_MIN
2208@itemx LONG_MAX
2209@itemx UINT_MAX
2210@itemx ULONG_MAX
c906108c
SS
2211Values for host-side constants.
2212
2213@item ISATTY
2214Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2215
2216@item LONGEST
2217This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined,
2218it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on
2219@code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}.
2220
2221@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2222@cindex @code{long long} data type
2223Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2224by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2225
2226@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2227Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2228the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2229@code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2230
2231@item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
56caf160
EZ
2232Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is
2233set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2234
2235@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2236Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point
56caf160
EZ
2237numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is
2238set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2239
2240@item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2241Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double
56caf160
EZ
2242float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier
2243@code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2244
2245@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2246Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2247@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2248is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2249
2250@item L_SET
56caf160
EZ
2251This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly,
2252@code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead,
2253which is the POSIX equivalent.
c906108c 2254
c906108c
SS
2255@item NORETURN
2256If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2257that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2258indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2259if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2260
2261@item ATTR_NORETURN
2262If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2263@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2264of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2265set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2266defined.
2267
c906108c 2268@item SEEK_CUR
9742079a 2269@itemx SEEK_SET
56caf160 2270Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already
c906108c
SS
2271defined.
2272
2273@item STOP_SIGNAL
56caf160
EZ
2274This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to
2275@code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.)
c906108c 2276
c906108c
SS
2277@item USG
2278Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME:
7ca9f392
AC
2279This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and
2280@file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.)
c906108c
SS
2281
2282@item lint
56caf160 2283Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2284
2285@item volatile
2286Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2287@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2288@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2289
2290
2291@node Target Architecture Definition
2292
2293@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2294
56caf160
EZ
2295@cindex target architecture definition
2296@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2297machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2298with them.
c906108c 2299
af6c57ea
AC
2300The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2301@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2302using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2303
70f80edf
JT
2304@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2305@cindex OS ABI variants
2306
2307@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2308ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2309variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2310components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2311
2312A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2313(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2314OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2315to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2316considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2317overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2318architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2319different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2320OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2321examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2322sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2323
2324@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2325A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2326selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2327for each BFD architecture.
2328
2329The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{osabi.h}:
2330
2331@table @code
2332
2333@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2334@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2335The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2336settings for the architecture will be used.
2337
2338@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2339@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2340UNIX System V Release 4
2341
2342@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2343@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
2344GNU using the Hurd kernel
2345
2346@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2347@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2348Sun Solaris
2349
2350@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2351@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2352OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX
2353
2354@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2355@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2356GNU using the Linux kernel
2357
2358@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2359@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2360FreeBSD using the a.out executable format
2361
2362@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2363@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2364FreeBSD using the ELF executable format
2365
2366@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2367@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2368NetBSD using the a.out executable format
2369
2370@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2371@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2372NetBSD using the ELF executable format
2373
2374@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2375@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2376Windows CE
2377
1029b7fa
MK
2378@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2379@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
2380DJGPP
2381
2382@findex GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2383@item GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2384Novell NetWare
2385
70f80edf
JT
2386@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1
2387@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1
2388ARM Embedded ABI version 1
2389
2390@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2
2391@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2
2392ARM Embedded ABI version 2
2393
2394@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS
2395@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS
2396Generic ARM Procedure Call Standard
2397
2398@end table
2399
2400Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2401
2402@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2403Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2404@end deftypefun
2405
c133ab7a 2406@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2407Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2408architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2409@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2410machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2411will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2412@end deftypefun
2413
2414@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2415Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2416BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2417If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2418be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2419any architecture.
2420@end deftypefun
2421
2422@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2423Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2424The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2425be determined.
2426@end deftypefun
2427
2428@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2429Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2430@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2431corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2432architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2433with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2434@end deftypefun
2435
c906108c
SS
2436@section Registers and Memory
2437
56caf160
EZ
2438@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2439@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2440block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2441
56caf160
EZ
2442@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2443compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2444that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2445to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
2446and to reflect that in the @code{REGISTER_NAME} and related macros.
c906108c 2447
25822942 2448@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2449
93e79dbd
JB
2450@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2451@cindex pointer representation
2452@cindex address representation
2453@cindex word-addressed machines
2454@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2455@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2456@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2457@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2458@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2459@cindex D10V addresses
2460
2461On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2462indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2463whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2464machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2465However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2466address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2467identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2468
172c2a43 2469For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2470instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2471actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2472jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2473full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2474If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2475then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2476However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2477low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2478zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2479the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2480refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2481code space.
2482
2483However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
2484forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
2485@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
2486@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
2487
2488(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
2489affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
2490going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
2491
56caf160
EZ
2492To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
2493one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
2494byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
2495of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
2496@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
2497@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
2498@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
2499and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
2500
2501Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
2502processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
2503each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
2504distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
2505clean up some architecture-independent code.
2506
2507Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
2508
2509@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
2510Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
2511@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
2512appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
2513@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
2514@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2515inferior's.
2516
2517For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2518extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
2519@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
2520D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
2521@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
2522
2523If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2524will signal an internal error.
2525@end deftypefun
2526
2527@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2528Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
2529pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
2530@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2531inferior's.
2532
2533For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2534stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
2535appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
2536is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
2537a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
2538
2539If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2540will signal an internal error.
2541@end deftypefun
2542
f23631e4 2543@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
2544Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
2545as appropriate for the current architecture.
2546
2547This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
2548For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
2549described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
2550@end deftypefun
2551
2552@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2553Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
2554the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
2555This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
2556above for @code{store_typed_address}.
2557@end deftypefun
2558
93e79dbd
JB
2559Here are some macros which architectures can define to indicate the
2560relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
2561definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 2562simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd
JB
2563
2564@deftypefn {Target Macro} CORE_ADDR POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2565Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
2566appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
2567address the pointer refers to.
2568
2569This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2570C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2571@end deftypefn
2572
2573@deftypefn {Target Macro} void ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2574Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2575@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2576
2577This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2578C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2579@end deftypefn
2580
b5b0480a
KB
2581@section Address Classes
2582@cindex address classes
2583@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
2584@cindex DW_AT_address_class
2585
2586Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
2587via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
2588define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
2589distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
2590info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
2591address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
2592following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
2593types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
2594a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
2595
2596@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2597Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
2598is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
2599This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
2600@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2601@end deftypefn
2602
2603@deftypefn {Target Macro} char *ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (int @var{type_flags})
2604Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
2605its name.
2606@end deftypefn
2607@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_to_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr})
2608Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} refererenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
2609for that address class qualifier.
2610@end deftypefn
2611
2612Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
2613the address class macros defined by default. Predicate
2614macros are provided to detect when they are defined.
2615
2616Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
261732-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
2618suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
2619uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
2620of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
2621to implement the address class macros:
2622
2623@smallexample
2624somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
2625 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 2626@{
b5b0480a
KB
2627 if (byte_size == 2)
2628 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2629 else
2630 return 0;
f2abfe65 2631@}
b5b0480a
KB
2632
2633static char *
2634somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 2635@{
b5b0480a
KB
2636 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
2637 return "short";
2638 else
2639 return NULL;
f2abfe65 2640@}
b5b0480a
KB
2641
2642int
2643somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
2644 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 2645@{
b5b0480a 2646 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 2647 @{
b5b0480a
KB
2648 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2649 return 1;
f2abfe65 2650 @}
b5b0480a
KB
2651 else
2652 return 0;
f2abfe65 2653@}
b5b0480a
KB
2654@end smallexample
2655
2656The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
2657to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
2658the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
2659short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
2660
2661@smallexample
2662(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
2663type = int * @@short
2664@end smallexample
2665
93e79dbd 2666
13d01224
AC
2667@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
2668@cindex raw register representation
2669@cindex virtual register representation
2670@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
2671
2672@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
2673functionality described here has largely been replaced by
2674pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target
2675Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
2676Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
2677Bug Tracking Database} and
2678@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
2679up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 2680
9fb4dd36
JB
2681Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
2682register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 2683In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 2684the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 2685used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 2686
13d01224
AC
2687@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
2688both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
2689register forms.}
2690
9fb4dd36
JB
2691For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
2692raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
2693However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
2694
2695@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 2696@item
56caf160 2697The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
2698we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
2699floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
2700are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
2701allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
2702type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
2703arrangement is the virtual representation.
2704
2705@item
25822942
DB
2706Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
2707registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
2708bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
2709raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
2710virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
2711@end itemize
2712
2713In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
2714@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
2715can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
2716@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
2717@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 2718
56caf160
EZ
2719Your architecture may define the following macros to request
2720conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
2721
2722@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
2723Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
2724and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
2725
2726You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
2727unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
2728@end deftypefn
2729
12c266ea 2730@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36 2731The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number
25822942 2732of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
2733remote protocol packet.
2734@end deftypefn
2735
f30992d4 2736@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
2737The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format.
2738This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that
2739register's value.
2740@end deftypefn
2741
2e092625 2742@deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
2743This is the type of the virtual representation of register number
2744@var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the
25822942 2745register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
2746always uses the virtual form.
2747@end deftypefn
2748
2749@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2750Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 2751should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
2752at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
2753convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
2754
6f6ef15a
EZ
2755Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
2756@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
2757arguments in different orders.
2758
2759You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
2760for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
2761value.
9fb4dd36
JB
2762@end deftypefn
2763
2764@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2765Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 2766should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
2767at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
2768convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
2769
2770Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
2771their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2772@end deftypefn
2773
2774
13d01224
AC
2775@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
2776@cindex register representation
2777@cindex memory representation
2778@cindex representations, register and memory
2779@cindex register data formats, converting
2780@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
2781
2782@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
2783significant change. Many of the macros and functions refered to in this
2784section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
2785@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
2786@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
2787further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
2788
2789Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
2790form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
2791For example:
2792
2793@itemize @bullet
2794
2795@item
2796The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
2797floating-point registers.
2798
2799@item
2800The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
2801@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
2802when stored in a register.
2803
2804@end itemize
2805
2806In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
2807the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
2808the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
2809Interface.
2810
2811For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
2812representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
2813However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
2814following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
2815representations of a data type:
2816
2817@deftypefn {Target Macro} int CONVERT_REGISTER_P (int @var{reg})
2818Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
2819register may be different to the representation of that same data value
2820when stored in memory.
2821
2822When non-zero, the macros @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and
2823@code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
2824@end deftypefn
2825
2826@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_TO_VALUE (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2827Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
2828@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
2829format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
2830
2831Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
2832their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2833
2834You should only use @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} with registers for which
2835the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
2836@end deftypefn
2837
2838@deftypefn {Target Macro} void VALUE_TO_REGISTER (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2839Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
2840raw format.
2841
2842Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
2843their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2844
2845You should only use @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} with registers for which
2846the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
2847@end deftypefn
2848
2849@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2850See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want.
2851@end deftypefn
2852
2853
c906108c
SS
2854@section Frame Interpretation
2855
2856@section Inferior Call Setup
2857
2858@section Compiler Characteristics
2859
2860@section Target Conditionals
2861
2862This section describes the macros that you can use to define the target
2863machine.
2864
2865@table @code
2866
c906108c 2867@item ADDR_BITS_REMOVE (addr)
56caf160 2868@findex ADDR_BITS_REMOVE
adf40b2e
JM
2869If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
2870really part of the address, then define this macro to expand into an
56caf160 2871expression that zeroes those bits in @var{addr}. This is only used for
adf40b2e
JM
2872addresses of instructions, and even then not in all contexts.
2873
2874For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
28752.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
2876instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
2877boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
2878address of the instruction. ADDR_BITS_REMOVE should filter out these
2879bits with an expression such as @code{((addr) & ~3)}.
c906108c 2880
b5b0480a
KB
2881@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
2882@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS
2883If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
2884referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
2885and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
2886return 0.
2887
2888The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
2889@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
2890possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
2891@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2892
2893@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
2894@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P
2895Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS}
2896has been defined.
2897
2898@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2899@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2900Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
2901the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
2902used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
2903returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
2904@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
2905values or'd together.
2906@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2907
2908@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
2909@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P
2910Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS} has
2911been defined.
2912
2913@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (@var{type_flags})
2914@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME
2915Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
2916flags given by @var{type_flags}.
2917
2918@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P ()
2919@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P
2920Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME} has
2921been defined.
2922@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2923
93e79dbd 2924@item ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (@var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
56caf160 2925@findex ADDRESS_TO_POINTER
93e79dbd
JB
2926Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2927@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2928This macro may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2929C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2930@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
2931
c906108c 2932@item BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
56caf160
EZ
2933@findex BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
2934Define if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
2935parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
2936original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 2937
c906108c 2938@item BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
56caf160
EZ
2939@findex BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
2940Define this if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match the
c906108c 2941endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 2942are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c
SS
2943
2944@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 2945@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
2946This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
2947memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
2948instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
2949pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
2950longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
2951
56caf160
EZ
2952@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
2953@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 2954
c906108c 2955@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
2956@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
2957@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
2958@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
2959Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
2960
56caf160
EZ
2961@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
2962favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 2963
2dd0da42
AC
2964@item DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2965@itemx DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2966@itemx DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2967@findex DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2968@findex DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2969@findex DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2970Specify the breakpoint instruction sequence for a remote target.
2971@code{DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT},
2972@code{DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} and
2973@code{DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
2974favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} (@pxref{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}).
c906108c 2975
56caf160
EZ
2976@item BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC (@var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
2977@findex BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC
2dd0da42
AC
2978@anchor{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} Use the program counter to determine the
2979contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
2980a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
2981length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
2982counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
2983breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
2984
2985Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
2986not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
2987instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
2988instruction of the architecture.
2989
7a292a7a
SS
2990Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
2991
56caf160
EZ
2992@item MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{contents_cache})
2993@itemx MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{contents_cache})
2994@findex MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
2995@findex MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT
917317f4
JM
2996Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
2997(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
2998@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
2999provided so that it is not necessary to define these for most
3000architectures. Architectures which may want to define
56caf160 3001@code{MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT} and @code{MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT} will
917317f4
JM
3002likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
3003conventional manner.
3004
3005It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
3006custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
56caf160 3007@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
3008reason.
3009
1485d690
KB
3010@item ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS (@var{address})
3011@findex ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS
3012@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3013Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3014address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3015breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3016
3017The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3018The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3019instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3020instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3021one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3022in parallel.
3023
3024In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3025from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3026information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3027refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3028if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3029statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3030instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3031(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3032in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3033at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3034
3035The FR-V's @code{ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS} method will adjust a
3036breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3037the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3038
3039Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3040expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3041is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3042
c906108c 3043@item CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
56caf160
EZ
3044@findex CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
3045See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3046
7043d8dc
AC
3047This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code}
3048(@pxref{push_dummy_code}).
3049
56caf160
EZ
3050@item CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3051@findex CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3052A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
3053from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3054@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3055
56caf160
EZ
3056@item CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3057@findex CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3058A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
3059written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
56caf160
EZ
3060status words, and other special registers. If this is not defined,
3061@value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 3062
13d01224
AC
3063@item int CONVERT_REGISTER_P(@var{regnum})
3064@findex CONVERT_REGISTER_P
3065Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} can represent data values in a
3066non-standard form.
3067@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3068
c906108c 3069@item DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
56caf160 3070@findex DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3071Define this to be the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
3072program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3073@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3074
56caf160
EZ
3075@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3076@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3077If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3078library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3079
5e74b15c 3080@item PRINT_FLOAT_INFO()
0ab7a791 3081@findex PRINT_FLOAT_INFO
5e74b15c
RE
3082If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3083the processor's floating point unit.
3084
0ab7a791
AC
3085@item print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3086@findex print_registers_info
3087If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3088specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3089either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3090registers (@var{all} is zero).
3091
3092The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3093zero omits floating-point registers.
3094
e76f1f2e
AC
3095@item PRINT_VECTOR_INFO()
3096@findex PRINT_VECTOR_INFO
3097If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3098to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3099
3100By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3101registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3102
0dcedd82 3103@item DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3104@findex DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3105Convert DWARF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3106no conversion will be performed.
3107
3108@item DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3109@findex DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3110Convert DWARF2 register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not
3111defined, no conversion will be performed.
3112
3113@item ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3114@findex ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3115Convert ECOFF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3116no conversion will be performed.
3117
c906108c 3118@item END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3119@findex END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
3120This is an expression that should designate the end of the text section.
3121@c (? FIXME ?)
c906108c 3122
56caf160
EZ
3123@item EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE(@var{type}, @var{regbuf}, @var{valbuf})
3124@findex EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE
c906108c
SS
3125Define this to extract a function's return value of type @var{type} from
3126the raw register state @var{regbuf} and copy that, in virtual format,
3127into @var{valbuf}.
3128
92ad9cd9
AC
3129This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3130(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3131
74055713
AC
3132@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS(@var{regbuf})
3133@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS
3134@anchor{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}
83aa8bc6
AC
3135When defined, extract from the array @var{regbuf} (containing the raw
3136register state) the @code{CORE_ADDR} at which a function should return
3137its structure value.
ac9a91a7 3138
92ad9cd9 3139@xref{gdbarch_return_value}.
83aa8bc6 3140
74055713
AC
3141@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P()
3142@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P
3143Predicate for @code{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}.
c906108c 3144
0ba6dca9
AC
3145@item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
3146@findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
cce74817
JM
3147If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this
3148macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3149
0ba6dca9
AC
3150This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP}
3151is not defined.
c906108c 3152
19772a2c
AC
3153@item DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi})
3154@findex DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION
392a587b
JM
3155Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation
3156represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it.
3157Otherwise return 0.
c906108c 3158
790eb8f5
AC
3159@item frame_align (@var{address})
3160@anchor{frame_align}
3161@findex frame_align
3162Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3163requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3164alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
f27dd7fd 3165stack alignment requirements (@pxref{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}).
790eb8f5
AC
3166
3167This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3168the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3169value are correctly aligned.
3170
f27dd7fd
AC
3171Unlike @code{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}, this function always adjusts the
3172address in the direction of stack growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3173
3174By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3175
8b148df9
AC
3176@item int frame_red_zone_size
3177
3178The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3179@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3180allocating extra stack space).
3181
3182When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3183modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
3184@var{frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
3185stack.
3186
3187By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3188(@pxref{frame_align}).
3189
3190The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3191@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3192@cindex red zone
3193
618ce49f
AC
3194@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame})
3195@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN
c906108c
SS
3196Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame.
3197
618ce49f
AC
3198@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe})
3199@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID
95f90d25
DJ
3200Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an
3201outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal
3202situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL}
3203chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the
3204startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside
3205@code{_start}.
c906108c 3206
f30ee0bc
AC
3207@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame})
3208@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS
c906108c
SS
3209See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the
3210current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for
3211@code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by
f30ee0bc
AC
3212@code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using
3213@code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}.
c906108c 3214
fb8f8949 3215@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3216
56caf160
EZ
3217@item FRAME_NUM_ARGS (@var{fi})
3218@findex FRAME_NUM_ARGS
392a587b
JM
3219For the frame described by @var{fi} return the number of arguments that
3220are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3221@code{-1}.
c906108c 3222
8bedc050
AC
3223@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame})
3224@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC
3225@anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc
3226saved there. This is the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3227
3228This method is deprecated. @xref{unwind_pc}.
3229
3230@item CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3231@findex unwind_pc
3232@anchor{unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in @var{this_frame}'s
3233caller, at which execution will resume after @var{this_frame} returns.
3234This is commonly refered to as the return address.
3235
3236The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3237is typically no more than:
3238
3239@smallexample
3240ULONGEST pc;
3241frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_PC_REGNUM, &pc);
3242return d10v_make_iaddr (pc);
3243@end smallexample
3244
3245@noindent
8bedc050 3246@xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces.
c906108c 3247
a9e5fdc2
AC
3248@item CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3249@findex unwind_sp
3250@anchor{unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
3251commonly refered to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
3252
3253The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3254is typically no more than:
3255
3256@smallexample
3257ULONGEST sp;
3258frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_SP_REGNUM, &sp);
3259return d10v_make_daddr (sp);
3260@end smallexample
3261
3262@noindent
3263@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3264
c906108c 3265@item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
56caf160 3266@findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
c906108c
SS
3267For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the
3268function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define
3269@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a
3270function's epilogue.
3271
782263ab
AC
3272@item DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
3273@findex DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
f7cb2b90
JB
3274An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as
3275used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the
3276function's first genuine instruction.
3277
3278This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually
782263ab
AC
3279the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for
3280example, each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask
3281indicating which registers to save upon entry to the function. The
3282VAX @code{call} instructions check this value, and save the
3283appropriate registers automatically. Thus, since the offset from the
3284function's address to its first instruction is two bytes,
3285@code{DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would be 2 on the VAX.
f7cb2b90 3286
c906108c 3287@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3288@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3289@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3290@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3291If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3292look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3293are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3294respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3295
25822942 3296@item @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
56caf160 3297@findex @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
937f164b 3298If defined and non-zero, enables support for multiple architectures
25822942 3299within @value{GDBN}.
0f71a2f6 3300
56caf160 3301This support can be enabled at two levels. At level one, only
0f71a2f6 3302definitions for previously undefined macros are provided; at level two,
937f164b 3303a multi-arch definition of all architecture dependent macros will be
0f71a2f6
JM
3304defined.
3305
25822942 3306@item @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
56caf160
EZ
3307@findex @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
3308This determines whether horrible kludge code in @file{dbxread.c} and
3309@file{partial-stab.h} is used to mangle multiple-symbol-table files from
3310HPPA's. This should all be ripped out, and a scheme like @file{elfread.c}
3311used instead.
c906108c 3312
c906108c 3313@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 3314@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
3315For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
3316DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
937f164b 3317the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 3318
56caf160
EZ
3319This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
3320assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a
3321@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
3322pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
3323
ac2adee5
AC
3324@item DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
3325@findex DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
c906108c 3326Define this if you need to supply your own definition for the function
ac2adee5 3327@code{DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER}.
c906108c 3328
268e2188
AC
3329@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3330@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3331Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3332conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
56caf160 3333feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3334repenting at leisure.
3335
9742079a
EZ
3336@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3337An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3338support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3339
2df3850c 3340@item SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
56caf160 3341@findex SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
2df3850c 3342Some systems have routines whose names start with @samp{$}. Giving this
25822942 3343macro a non-zero value tells @value{GDBN}'s expression parser to check for such
2df3850c
JM
3344routines when parsing tokens that begin with @samp{$}.
3345
3346On HP-UX, certain system routines (millicode) have names beginning with
3347@samp{$} or @samp{$$}. For example, @code{$$dyncall} is a millicode
3348routine that handles inter-space procedure calls on PA-RISC.
3349
e9582e71
AC
3350@item DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO (@var{fromleaf}, @var{frame})
3351@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO
c906108c
SS
3352If additional information about the frame is required this should be
3353stored in @code{frame->extra_info}. Space for @code{frame->extra_info}
372613e3 3354is allocated using @code{frame_extra_info_zalloc}.
c906108c 3355
a5afb99f
AC
3356@item DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC (@var{fromleaf}, @var{prev})
3357@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC
c906108c
SS
3358This is a C statement that sets the pc of the frame pointed to by
3359@var{prev}. [By default...]
3360
56caf160
EZ
3361@item INNER_THAN (@var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3362@findex INNER_THAN
c906108c
SS
3363Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
3364stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Define this as @code{lhs < rhs} if
3365the target's stack grows downward in memory, or @code{lhs > rsh} if the
3366stack grows upward.
3367
9e5abb06
CV
3368@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc})
3369@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
3370Returns non-zero if the given @var{pc} is in the epilogue of a function.
3371The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3372the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3373final `return from function call' instruction.
3374
aa2a3f87
AC
3375@item DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START (@var{pc})
3376@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START
3377@itemx DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END (@var{pc})
3378@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END
56caf160 3379Define these to be the start and end address of the @code{sigtramp} for the
c906108c
SS
3380given @var{pc}. On machines where the address is just a compile time
3381constant, the macro expansion will typically just ignore the supplied
3382@var{pc}.
3383
56caf160
EZ
3384@item IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3385@findex IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3386Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3387trampoline that connects to a shared library.
3388
56caf160
EZ
3389@item IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3390@findex IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3391Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3392trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3393
56caf160
EZ
3394@item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc})
3395@findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE
d4f3574e
SS
3396Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3397dynamic linker.
3398
56caf160
EZ
3399@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3400@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3401Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3402should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3403function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3404to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3405stepping will suffice.
3406
fc0c74b1
AC
3407@item INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
3408@findex INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS
3409@cindex converting integers to addresses
3410Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3411conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3412the current architectures conventions.
3413
3414@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3415their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3416@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3417computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3418major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3419other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3420conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3421out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3422to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3423disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
3424method like @code{INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS} certainly makes it possible for
3425@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3426
3427@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3428Addresses}.
3429
c906108c 3430@item NO_HIF_SUPPORT
56caf160 3431@findex NO_HIF_SUPPORT
c906108c
SS
3432(Specific to the a29k.)
3433
93e79dbd 3434@item POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
56caf160 3435@findex POINTER_TO_ADDRESS
93e79dbd
JB
3436Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3437appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3438address the pointer refers to.
3439@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3440
9fb4dd36 3441@item REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3442@findex REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE
9fb4dd36 3443Return non-zero if @var{reg} uses different raw and virtual formats.
13d01224
AC
3444@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3445
3446@item REGISTER_TO_VALUE(@var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3447@findex REGISTER_TO_VALUE
3448Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3449@var{type}.
4281a42e 3450@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3451
12c266ea
AC
3452@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (@var{reg})
3453@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3454Return the raw size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the register's
3455virtual type.
13d01224 3456@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3457
617073a9
AC
3458@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3459@findex register_reggroup_p
3460@cindex register groups
3461Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3462group @var{reggroup}.
3463
3464By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3465
3466@table @code
3467@item float_reggroup
3468Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3469@item vector_reggroup
3470Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3471@item general_reggroup
3472Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3473floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3474@item save_reggroup
3475@itemx restore_reggroup
3476@itemx all_reggroup
3477Any register with a valid name.
3478@end table
3479
f30992d4
AC
3480@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg})
3481@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3482Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the
3483register's virtual type.
13d01224
AC
3484Return the virtual size of @var{reg}.
3485@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3486
2e092625 3487@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3488@findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE
9fb4dd36 3489Return the virtual type of @var{reg}.
13d01224 3490@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3491
77e7e267
AC
3492@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3493@findex register_type
3494If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function
2e092625 3495superseeds @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture
77e7e267
AC
3496Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3497
9fb4dd36 3498@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3499@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3500Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3501form.
13d01224 3502@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3503
3504@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3505@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3506Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3507form.
13d01224 3508@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3509
0ab4b752
MK
3510@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3511@findex regset_from_core_section
3512Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3513@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3514
b0ed3589 3515@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3516@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3517Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3518mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3519
56caf160
EZ
3520@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breapoints_p})
3521@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3522A function that inserts or removes (depending on
c906108c 3523@var{insert_breapoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3524the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3525for examples.
3526
da59e081 3527@item SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
56caf160 3528@findex SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
da59e081
JM
3529Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3530debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3531them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3532address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3533linking faster.
3534
3535@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} indicates that a particular set of
3536hacks of this sort are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN}
3537entries in stabs-format debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark
3538the beginning and ending addresses of compilation units in the text
3539segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs mark the starts and ends of functions.
3540
3541@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} means two things:
da59e081 3542
56caf160 3543@itemize @bullet
da59e081
JM
3544@item
3545@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead, you should find the
3546addresses where the function starts by taking the function name from
56caf160
EZ
3547the stab, and then looking that up in the minsyms (the
3548linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab has the
3549name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place that carries
da59e081
JM
3550the address.
3551
3552@item
3553@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3554@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab,
3555and guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from
3556them.
da59e081
JM
3557@end itemize
3558
c906108c 3559@item PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
56caf160 3560@findex PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
c906108c
SS
3561If defined, print information about the load segment for the program
3562counter. (Defined only for the RS/6000.)
3563
3564@item PC_REGNUM
56caf160 3565@findex PC_REGNUM
c906108c 3566If the program counter is kept in a register, then define this macro to
cce74817
JM
3567be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3568
3569This should only need to be defined if @code{TARGET_READ_PC} and
3570@code{TARGET_WRITE_PC} are not defined.
c906108c 3571
2df3850c 3572@item PARM_BOUNDARY
56caf160 3573@findex PARM_BOUNDARY
2df3850c
JM
3574If non-zero, round arguments to a boundary of this many bits before
3575pushing them on the stack.
3576
a38c9fe6
MK
3577@item stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3578@findex stabs_argument_has_addr
3579@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
3580@anchor{stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this to return nonzero if a
3581function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference instead of
3582value.
3583
ee206350
AG
3584This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}
3585(@pxref{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}).
a38c9fe6 3586
c906108c 3587@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3588@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3589A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3590
3591@item PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
56caf160 3592@findex PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
c906108c
SS
3593(Only used in unsupported Convex configuration.)
3594
3595@item PS_REGNUM
56caf160 3596@findex PS_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
3597If defined, this is the number of the processor status register. (This
3598definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
3599
749b82f6
AC
3600@item DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3601@findex DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3602@findex frame_pop
3603If defined, used by @code{frame_pop} to remove a stack frame. This
3604method has been superseeded by generic code.
c906108c 3605
d4b6d575 3606@item push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{pc_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
b81774d8
AC
3607@findex push_dummy_call
3608@findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS.
39fe6e80
AC
3609@anchor{push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
3610the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing
3611@var{nargs}, the code should push @var{struct_addr} (when
3612@var{struct_return}), and the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 3613
86fe4aaa 3614@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
3615function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
3616
b24da7d0 3617Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8
AC
3618
3619This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}.
3620
7043d8dc
AC
3621@item CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr})
3622@findex push_dummy_code
7043d8dc
AC
3623@anchor{push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
3624instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
3625called function should return.
3626
3627Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
3628should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
3629the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
3630
3631By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
3632(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
3633reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
3634
434b87dd 3635This method replaces @code{CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION},
28954179 3636@code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE}.
7043d8dc 3637
56caf160
EZ
3638@item REGISTER_NAME(@var{i})
3639@findex REGISTER_NAME
3640Return the name of register @var{i} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
3641or @code{NUL} to indicate that register @var{i} is not valid.
c906108c 3642
8e823e25
MK
3643@item DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3644@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
a38c9fe6
MK
3645@anchor{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}Define this to return 1 if the
3646given type will be passed by pointer rather than directly.
3647
3648This method has been replaced by @code{stabs_argument_has_addr}
3649(@pxref{stabs_argument_has_addr}).
c906108c 3650
b24da7d0
AC
3651@item SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS (@var{sp})
3652@findex SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS
3653@anchor{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS} Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to
3654notify the target dependent code of the top-of-stack value that will be
3655passed to the the inferior code. This is the value of the @code{SP}
3656after both the dummy frame and space for parameters/results have been
3657allocated on the stack. @xref{unwind_dummy_id}.
43ff13b4 3658
c906108c 3659@item SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3660@findex SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
25822942 3661Define this to convert sdb register numbers into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not
c906108c
SS
3662defined, no conversion will be done.
3663
963e2bb7 3664@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
3665@findex gdbarch_return_value
3666@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
3667type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
3668would use.
3669
3670@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
3671@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
3672in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
3673value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
3674passed in as the function's first parameter.
3675
963e2bb7
AC
3676If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
3677non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
3678@var{regcache}.
3679
963e2bb7 3680If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 3681non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 3682@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
3683just returned function).
3684
74055713 3685@xref{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}, for a description of how
92ad9cd9
AC
3686return-values that use the struct convention are handled.
3687
3688@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
3689store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
3690the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
3691@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
3692instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
3693return-value extract and store.}
3694
3695@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
3696parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
3697that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
3698then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
3699@var{function} should be persued.}
3700
3701@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
3702to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
3703@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
3704limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
3705
c2c6d25f 3706@item SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3707@findex SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
25822942 3708Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
3709steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
3710re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
3711hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
56caf160 3712doesn't work. Calling @code{SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT} adjusts the processor's
c2c6d25f
JM
3713state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint. This
3714macro does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
3715of a branch or jump.
3716
56caf160
EZ
3717@item SKIP_PROLOGUE (@var{pc})
3718@findex SKIP_PROLOGUE
b83266a0
SS
3719A C expression that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
3720function entry prologue found at @var{pc}.
c906108c 3721
56caf160
EZ
3722@item SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE (@var{pc})
3723@findex SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE
c906108c
SS
3724If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
3725the functions being called, then define this macro to return a new PC
3726that is at the start of the real function.
3727
3728@item SP_REGNUM
56caf160 3729@findex SP_REGNUM
cce74817 3730If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then define this macro to be
6c0e89ed
AC
3731the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
3732there is no such register.
c906108c
SS
3733
3734@item STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3735@findex STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
c906108c 3736Define this to convert stab register numbers (as gotten from `r'
25822942 3737declarations) into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not defined, no conversion will be
c906108c
SS
3738done.
3739
f27dd7fd
AC
3740@item DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN (@var{addr})
3741@anchor{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}
3742@findex DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN
790eb8f5
AC
3743Define this to increase @var{addr} so that it meets the alignment
3744requirements for the processor's stack.
3745
3746Unlike @ref{frame_align}, this function always adjusts @var{addr}
3747upwards.
3748
3749By default, no stack alignment is performed.
c906108c 3750
56caf160
EZ
3751@item STEP_SKIPS_DELAY (@var{addr})
3752@findex STEP_SKIPS_DELAY
c906108c
SS
3753Define this to return true if the address is of an instruction with a
3754delay slot. If a breakpoint has been placed in the instruction's delay
25822942 3755slot, @value{GDBN} will single-step over that instruction before resuming
c906108c
SS
3756normally. Currently only defined for the Mips.
3757
ebba8386 3758@item STORE_RETURN_VALUE (@var{type}, @var{regcache}, @var{valbuf})
56caf160 3759@findex STORE_RETURN_VALUE
ebba8386
AC
3760A C expression that writes the function return value, found in
3761@var{valbuf}, into the @var{regcache}. @var{type} is the type of the
3762value that is to be returned.
c906108c 3763
92ad9cd9
AC
3764This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3765(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3766
c906108c 3767@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3768@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
3769The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
3770current sources.)
3771
c906108c 3772@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 3773@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
3774Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
3775
c3d3ce5b
JB
3776@item TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
3777@findex TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
3778Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
3779it should be unsigned.
3780
3781The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
3782equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
3783character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
3784Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
3785on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
3786
c906108c 3787@item TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 3788@findex TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
3789Number of bits in a complex number; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_FLOAT_BIT}.
3790
ac9a91a7
JM
3791At present this macro is not used.
3792
c906108c 3793@item TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 3794@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
3795Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3796
3797@item TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 3798@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
3799Number of bits in a double complex; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
3800
ac9a91a7
JM
3801At present this macro is not used.
3802
c906108c 3803@item TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
56caf160 3804@findex TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3805Number of bits in a float; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3806
3807@item TARGET_INT_BIT
56caf160 3808@findex TARGET_INT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3809Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3810
3811@item TARGET_LONG_BIT
56caf160 3812@findex TARGET_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
3813Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3814
3815@item TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 3816@findex TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
3817Number of bits in a long double float;
3818defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
3819
3820@item TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
56caf160 3821@findex TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
3822Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_LONG_BIT}.
3823
3824@item TARGET_PTR_BIT
56caf160 3825@findex TARGET_PTR_BIT
c906108c
SS
3826Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to @code{TARGET_INT_BIT}.
3827
3828@item TARGET_SHORT_BIT
56caf160 3829@findex TARGET_SHORT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3830Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3831
3832@item TARGET_READ_PC
56caf160
EZ
3833@findex TARGET_READ_PC
3834@itemx TARGET_WRITE_PC (@var{val}, @var{pid})
3835@findex TARGET_WRITE_PC
0717ae8a 3836@anchor{TARGET_WRITE_PC}
56caf160
EZ
3837@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
3838@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
3839@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
3840@findex TARGET_READ_FP
56caf160
EZ
3841@findex read_pc
3842@findex write_pc
3843@findex read_sp
56caf160 3844@findex read_fp
a9e5fdc2 3845@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{read_pc},
8d2c00cb 3846@code{write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be
9c8dbfa9
AC
3847left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register
3848functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c
SS
3849
3850These macros are useful when a target keeps one of these registers in a
3851hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register and part
3852in an ordinary register.
3853
a9e5fdc2
AC
3854@xref{unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
3855
56caf160
EZ
3856@item TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER(@var{pc}, @var{regp}, @var{offsetp})
3857@findex TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER
0ba6dca9
AC
3858Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame
3859pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers
3860are not used, a default definition simply returns
3861@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero.
c906108c 3862
9742079a
EZ
3863@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
3864If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
3865watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
3866other related macros.
3867
7ccaa899
EZ
3868@item TARGET_PRINT_INSN (@var{addr}, @var{info})
3869@findex TARGET_PRINT_INSN
3870This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
3871instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{addr} in
3872debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If
3873a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an
d7a27068
AC
3874accessor function for the global pointer
3875@code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in
3876the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}).
3877@var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in
3878@file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction
3879decoding routine.
7ccaa899 3880
6314f104
AC
3881@item struct frame_id unwind_dummy_id (struct frame_info *@var{frame})
3882@findex unwind_dummy_id
3883@anchor{unwind_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @code{struct
3884frame_id} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0
AC
3885frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
3886previously saved using @code{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
3887@xref{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
6314f104 3888
b5622e8d
AC
3889@item DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3890@findex DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION
c906108c
SS
3891If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the
3892given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space
3893allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function
3894being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful
3895for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than
3896other compilers.
3897
92ad9cd9
AC
3898This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3899(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3900
13d01224
AC
3901@item VALUE_TO_REGISTER(@var{type}, @var{regnum}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3902@findex VALUE_TO_REGISTER
3903Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of register
3904@var{regnum}'s.
3905@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3906
56caf160
EZ
3907@item VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
3908@findex VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c
SS
3909For dbx-style debugging information, if the compiler puts variable
3910declarations inside LBRAC/RBRAC blocks, this should be defined to be
3911nonzero. @var{desc} is the value of @code{n_desc} from the
25822942 3912@code{N_RBRAC} symbol, and @var{gcc_p} is true if @value{GDBN} has noticed the
c906108c
SS
3913presence of either the @code{GCC_COMPILED_SYMBOL} or the
3914@code{GCC2_COMPILED_SYMBOL}. By default, this is 0.
3915
56caf160
EZ
3916@item OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
3917@findex OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c 3918Similarly, for OS/9000. Defaults to 1.
c906108c
SS
3919@end table
3920
3921Motorola M68K target conditionals.
3922
56caf160 3923@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
3924@item BPT_VECTOR
3925Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
3926not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
3927
3928@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
3929Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1
JB
3930
3931@item NAME_OF_MALLOC
3932@findex NAME_OF_MALLOC
3933A string containing the name of the function to call in order to
3934allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc".
3935
56caf160 3936@end ftable
c906108c
SS
3937
3938@section Adding a New Target
3939
56caf160 3940@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 3941The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
3942
3943@table @file
56caf160 3944@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
3945@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
3946Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
3947object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
104c1213
JM
3948@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies
3949the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE=
3950tm-@var{ttt}.h}.
3951
3952You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS},
3953but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in
25822942 3954future versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 3955
c906108c
SS
3956@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
3957Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
3958some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in
3959@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented
3960as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the
3961function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand
3962and debug.
3963
af6c57ea
AC
3964@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
3965@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
3966This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
3967processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
3968@file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use
3969the same processor.
3970
3971@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h
3972(@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains
3973macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame
3974format and instructions.
3975
3976New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
3977
c906108c
SS
3978@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h
3979This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
56caf160 3980processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
c906108c
SS
3981@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the
3982same processor.
3983
af6c57ea
AC
3984New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
3985
c906108c
SS
3986@end table
3987
3988If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a
3989@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system
3990facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint
56caf160 3991instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h}
c906108c
SS
3992that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and
3993@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}.
3994
3995
3352e23e
AC
3996@section Converting an existing Target Architecture to Multi-arch
3997@cindex converting targets to multi-arch
3998
3999This section describes the current accepted best practice for converting
4000an existing target architecture to the multi-arch framework.
4001
4002The process consists of generating, testing, posting and committing a
4003sequence of patches. Each patch must contain a single change, for
4004instance:
4005
4006@itemize @bullet
4007
4008@item
4009Directly convert a group of functions into macros (the conversion does
4010not change the behavior of any of the functions).
4011
4012@item
4013Replace a non-multi-arch with a multi-arch mechanism (e.g.,
4014@code{FRAME_INFO}).
4015
4016@item
4017Enable multi-arch level one.
4018
4019@item
4020Delete one or more files.
4021
4022@end itemize
4023
4024@noindent
4025There isn't a size limit on a patch, however, a developer is strongly
4026encouraged to keep the patch size down.
4027
4028Since each patch is well defined, and since each change has been tested
4029and shows no regressions, the patches are considered @emph{fairly}
4030obvious. Such patches, when submitted by developers listed in the
4031@file{MAINTAINERS} file, do not need approval. Occasional steps in the
4032process may be more complicated and less clear. The developer is
4033expected to use their judgment and is encouraged to seek advice as
4034needed.
4035
4036@subsection Preparation
4037
4038The first step is to establish control. Build (with @option{-Werror}
4039enabled) and test the target so that there is a baseline against which
4040the debugger can be compared.
4041
4042At no stage can the test results regress or @value{GDBN} stop compiling
4043with @option{-Werror}.
4044
4045@subsection Add the multi-arch initialization code
4046
4047The objective of this step is to establish the basic multi-arch
4048framework. It involves
4049
4050@itemize @bullet
4051
4052@item
4053The addition of a @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} function@footnote{The
4054above is from the original example and uses K&R C. @value{GDBN}
4055has since converted to ISO C but lets ignore that.} that creates
4056the architecture:
4057@smallexample
4058static struct gdbarch *
4059d10v_gdbarch_init (info, arches)
4060 struct gdbarch_info info;
4061 struct gdbarch_list *arches;
4062@{
4063 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4064 /* there is only one d10v architecture */
4065 if (arches != NULL)
4066 return arches->gdbarch;
4067 gdbarch = gdbarch_alloc (&info, NULL);
4068 return gdbarch;
4069@}
4070@end smallexample
4071@noindent
4072@emph{}
4073
4074@item
4075A per-architecture dump function to print any architecture specific
4076information:
4077@smallexample
4078static void
4079mips_dump_tdep (struct gdbarch *current_gdbarch,
4080 struct ui_file *file)
4081@{
4082 @dots{} code to print architecture specific info @dots{}
4083@}
4084@end smallexample
4085
4086@item
4087A change to @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} to register this new
4088architecture:
4089@smallexample
4090void
4091_initialize_mips_tdep (void)
4092@{
4093 gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_mips, mips_gdbarch_init,
4094 mips_dump_tdep);
4095@end smallexample
4096
4097@item
4098Add the macro @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH}, defined as 0 (zero), to the file@*
4099@file{config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}.
4100
4101@end itemize
4102
4103@subsection Update multi-arch incompatible mechanisms
4104
4105Some mechanisms do not work with multi-arch. They include:
4106
4107@table @code
3352e23e 4108@item FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS
f30ee0bc 4109Replaced with @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS}
3352e23e
AC
4110@end table
4111
4112@noindent
4113At this stage you could also consider converting the macros into
4114functions.
4115
4116@subsection Prepare for multi-arch level to one
4117
4118Temporally set @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL}
4119and then build and start @value{GDBN} (the change should not be
4120committed). @value{GDBN} may not build, and once built, it may die with
4121an internal error listing the architecture methods that must be
4122provided.
4123
4124Fix any build problems (patch(es)).
4125
4126Convert all the architecture methods listed, which are only macros, into
4127functions (patch(es)).
4128
4129Update @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} to set all the missing
4130architecture methods and wrap the corresponding macros in @code{#if
4131!GDB_MULTI_ARCH} (patch(es)).
4132
4133@subsection Set multi-arch level one
4134
4135Change the value of @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL (a
4136single patch).
4137
4138Any problems with throwing ``the switch'' should have been fixed
4139already.
4140
4141@subsection Convert remaining macros
4142
4143Suggest converting macros into functions (and setting the corresponding
4144architecture method) in small batches.
4145
4146@subsection Set multi-arch level to two
4147
4148This should go smoothly.
4149
4150@subsection Delete the TM file
4151
4152The @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} can be deleted. @file{@var{arch}.mt} and
4153@file{configure.in} updated.
4154
4155
c906108c
SS
4156@node Target Vector Definition
4157
4158@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4159@cindex target vector
c906108c 4160
56caf160
EZ
4161The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4162abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4163actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4164@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4165each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c
SS
4166
4167@section File Targets
4168
4169Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4170
4171@section Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
4172
56caf160
EZ
4173@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4174that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4175@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
4176systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}.
c906108c 4177
56caf160
EZ
4178The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4179your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4180SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4181program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4182
4183The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4184@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4185
4186@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4187@item
4188%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4189
56caf160
EZ
4190@item
4191traps are disabled;
c906108c 4192
56caf160
EZ
4193@item
4194you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4195@end enumerate
4196
4197As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4198is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4199The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4200hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4201which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4202set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4203first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4204
4205For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4206``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4207and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4208controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4209trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4210do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4211of the debugger/stub.
4212
4213From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4214They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4215
4216@section ROM Monitor Interface
4217
4218@section Custom Protocols
4219
4220@section Transport Layer
4221
4222@section Builtin Simulator
4223
4224
4225@node Native Debugging
4226
4227@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4228@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4229
25822942 4230Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4231
4232@table @file
56caf160 4233@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4234@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4235Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4236machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4237native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4238Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4239@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4240define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
4241@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
4242
7fd60527
AC
4243@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4244originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4245on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4246purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4247eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4248suffix.}
4249
c906108c 4250@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4251(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4252macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4253child process control and core file support.
4254
4255@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4256Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4257this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4258@end table
4259
4260There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4261various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4262defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4263the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4264@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4265
4266Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4267to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4268Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4269into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4270
4271@table @file
c906108c
SS
4272@item inftarg.c
4273This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4274processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4275
4276@item procfs.c
4277This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4278processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4279
4280@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4281This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4282and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4283
4284@item infptrace.c
4285This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4286the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4287@end table
4288
4289@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4290@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4291
4292@table @file
56caf160 4293@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4294@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4295Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4296@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4297files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4298just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4299@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4300
4301@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4302If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4303@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4304set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4305register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4306``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4307@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4308use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4309you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4310to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4311@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4312the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4313@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4314@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4315implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4316@end table
4317
25822942 4318When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4319possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4320code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4321@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4322machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4323(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4324@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
56caf160
EZ
4325exists on a core file (e.g. the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
4326modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4327section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4328segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4329information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
4330sets of registers (e.g. integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
4331section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4332standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4333around in.
4334
25822942 4335Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4336@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4337@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4338It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4339its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4340segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4341register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4342
4343If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4344format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4345reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4346
4347@section ptrace
4348
4349@section /proc
4350
4351@section win32
4352
4353@section shared libraries
4354
4355@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4356@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4357
56caf160
EZ
4358When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4359defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4360target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4361undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 4362
1f6d4158
AC
4363@table @code
4364
c906108c 4365@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4366@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4367If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4368define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4369a read from the child.
4370
4371[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4372currently.]
4373
4374@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4375@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4376Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4377@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4378@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4379@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4380routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4381
c906108c 4382@item FP0_REGNUM
56caf160 4383@findex FP0_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
4384This macro is normally defined to be the number of the first floating
4385point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4386appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4387to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4388
4389@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 4390@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
4391For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
4392DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
56caf160 4393@file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 4394
56caf160 4395This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4396assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4397@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4398pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4399
9742079a
EZ
4400@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4401An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4402support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4403
c906108c 4404@item KERNEL_U_ADDR
56caf160 4405@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR
c906108c 4406Define this to the address of the @code{u} structure (the ``user
25822942 4407struct'', also known as the ``u-page'') in kernel virtual memory. @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4408needs to know this so that it can subtract this address from absolute
4409addresses in the upage, that are obtained via ptrace or from core files.
4410On systems that don't need this value, set it to zero.
4411
c906108c 4412@item KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
56caf160 4413@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
25822942 4414Define this to cause @value{GDBN} to determine the address of @code{u} at
c906108c
SS
4415runtime, by using HP-style @code{nlist} on the kernel's image in the
4416root directory.
4417
4418@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4419@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4420Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4421user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4422
4423@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4424@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4425Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4426defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4427definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4428
c906108c 4429@item PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
56caf160 4430@findex PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
c906108c
SS
4431The type of the third argument to the @code{ptrace} system call, if it
4432exists and is different from @code{int}.
4433
4434@item REGISTER_U_ADDR
56caf160 4435@findex REGISTER_U_ADDR
c906108c
SS
4436Defines the offset of the registers in the ``u area''.
4437
4438@item SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
56caf160 4439@findex SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
c906108c
SS
4440If defined, is a string to prefix on the shell command used to start the
4441inferior.
4442
4443@item SHELL_FILE
56caf160 4444@findex SHELL_FILE
c906108c
SS
4445If defined, this is the name of the shell to use to run the inferior.
4446Defaults to @code{"/bin/sh"}.
4447
990f9fe3 4448@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4449@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4450Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4451@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4452@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4453processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4454
4455@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4456@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4457Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4458want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4459
4460@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4461@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4462When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4463twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4464the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4465number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4466expand into the number expected.
4467
c906108c 4468@item USE_PROC_FS
56caf160 4469@findex USE_PROC_FS
c906108c 4470This determines whether small routines in @file{*-tdep.c}, which
56caf160
EZ
4471translate register values between @value{GDBN}'s internal
4472representation and the @file{/proc} representation, are compiled.
c906108c
SS
4473
4474@item U_REGS_OFFSET
56caf160 4475@findex U_REGS_OFFSET
c906108c
SS
4476This is the offset of the registers in the upage. It need only be
4477defined if the generic ptrace register access routines in
4478@file{infptrace.c} are being used (that is, @file{infptrace.c} is
4479configured in, and @code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined). If
4480the default value from @file{infptrace.c} is good enough, leave it
4481undefined.
4482
4483The default value means that u.u_ar0 @emph{points to} the location of
4484the registers. I'm guessing that @code{#define U_REGS_OFFSET 0} means
56caf160 4485that @code{u.u_ar0} @emph{is} the location of the registers.
c906108c
SS
4486
4487@item CLEAR_SOLIB
56caf160
EZ
4488@findex CLEAR_SOLIB
4489See @file{objfiles.c}.
c906108c
SS
4490
4491@item DEBUG_PTRACE
56caf160
EZ
4492@findex DEBUG_PTRACE
4493Define this to debug @code{ptrace} calls.
c906108c
SS
4494@end table
4495
4496
4497@node Support Libraries
4498
4499@chapter Support Libraries
4500
4501@section BFD
56caf160 4502@cindex BFD library
c906108c 4503
25822942 4504BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
4505
4506@table @emph
c906108c
SS
4507@item identifying executable and core files
4508BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
4509several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
4510
4511@item access to sections of files
4512BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
4513sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
4514(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
4515calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
4516length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
4517
4518@item specialized core file support
4519BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
4520core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 4521file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
4522file.
4523
4524@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
4525@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
4526symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 4527handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 4528symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 4529string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
4530@end table
4531
4532@section opcodes
56caf160 4533@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 4534
25822942 4535The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
4536library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
4537
4538@section readline
4539
4540@section mmalloc
4541
4542@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
4543@cindex @code{libiberty} library
4544
4545The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
4546that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
4547systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
4548groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
4549environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
4550a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
4551functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
4552beyond standard functions).
4553
4554@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
4555library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
4556floating format support functions, the input options parser
4557@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
4558
4559@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
4560@cindex @code{obstacks}
4561
4562The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
4563chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
4564like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
4565allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
4566@code{libiberty}'s documenatation for a more detailed explanation of
4567@code{obstacks}).
4568
4569The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
4570object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
4571representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
4572these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
4573symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
4574fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
4575offets lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
4576string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
4577information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
4578unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
4579various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
4580names of types.
4581
4582An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
4583that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
4584various times during a debugging sesssion, but it is released all at
4585once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
4586function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
4587deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
4588start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
4589@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
4590obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
4591happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
4592is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
4593obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
4594@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
4595else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
4596use temporary @code{obstacks}.
4597
4598Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
4599under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
4600longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
4601when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
4602new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
4603
4604@section gnu-regex
56caf160 4605@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
4606
4607Regex conditionals.
4608
4609@table @code
c906108c
SS
4610@item C_ALLOCA
4611
4612@item NFAILURES
4613
4614@item RE_NREGS
4615
4616@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
4617
4618@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
4619
4620@item SYNTAX_TABLE
4621
4622@item Sword
4623
4624@item sparc
c906108c
SS
4625@end table
4626
4627@section include
4628
4629@node Coding
4630
4631@chapter Coding
4632
4633This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 4634algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4635
4636@section Cleanups
56caf160 4637@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
4638
4639Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 4640later.
c906108c 4641
cc1cb004
AC
4642When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
4643@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
4644the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
4645cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
4646and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
4647is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
4648cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
4649created.
c906108c
SS
4650
4651Syntax:
4652
4653@table @code
c906108c
SS
4654@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
4655Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
4656
56caf160 4657@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
4658@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
4659Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
4660@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
4661handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
4662@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
4663@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
4664from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 4665
56caf160 4666@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 4667@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
4668Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
4669@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
4670
4671@findex discard_cleanups
4672@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
4673Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
4674the chain and does not call the specified functions.
4675@end table
4676
4677Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
4678@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
4679later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
4680performed). E.g.:
56caf160 4681
474c8240 4682@smallexample
c906108c 4683make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
4684@{
4685 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
4686 make_cleanup (c, 0)
4687 ...
4688 do_cleanups (old);
4689@}
474c8240 4690@end smallexample
56caf160 4691
c906108c 4692@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
4693will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
4694cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
4695be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
4696
4697Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
4698Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
4699will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
4700to two common cleanup styles.
4701
4702The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
4703@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
4704code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
4705code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
4706called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
4707@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 4708
474c8240 4709@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4710struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
4711data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
4712make_cleanup (xfree, data);
4713... blah blah ...
4714do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 4715@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4716
4717The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
4718@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
4719any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
4720code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
4721an error:
4722
474c8240 4723@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4724FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
4725struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
4726... blah blah ...
4727discard_cleanups (old);
4728return file;
474c8240 4729@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
4730
4731Some functions, e.g. @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
4732that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
4733means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
4734interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
4735functions, since they might never return to your code (they
4736@samp{longjmp} instead).
4737
ba8c9337
AC
4738@section Per-architecture module data
4739@cindex per-architecture module data
4740@cindex multi-arch data
4741@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
4742
fc989b7a
AC
4743The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
4744specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
4745architecture object.
4746
4747A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
4748
4749@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
4750@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
4751per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
4752in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
4753architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
4754and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
4755@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 4756
fc989b7a
AC
4757@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
4758@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
4759per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
4760always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
4761initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
4762per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
4763other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
4764create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
4765@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 4766
fc989b7a
AC
4767These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
4768identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 4769
fc989b7a 4770The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 4771
fc989b7a
AC
4772@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
4773Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
4774@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
4775or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
4776current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
4777pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
4778corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
4779@end deftypefun
4780
fc989b7a 4781The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
4782
4783@smallexample
e7f16015 4784struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 4785static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
4786@end smallexample
4787
fc989b7a
AC
4788A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
4789per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
4790per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
4791creation.
ba8c9337 4792
fc989b7a
AC
4793In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
4794architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
4795from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
4796
4797@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4798static void *
4799nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 4800@{
fc989b7a
AC
4801 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
4802 return data;
4803@}
ba8c9337
AC
4804@end smallexample
4805
ba8c9337 4806@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4807extern void
4808set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 4809@{
ba8c9337 4810 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 4811 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
4812@}
4813@end smallexample
4814
fc989b7a
AC
4815A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
4816using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 4817
fc989b7a
AC
4818In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
4819@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
4820architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
4821
4822@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4823static void *
4824nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 4825@{
fc989b7a
AC
4826 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
4827 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
4828 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
4829@}
4830@end smallexample
4831
4832@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4833extern int
4834nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 4835@{
fc989b7a
AC
4836 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
4837 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
4838@}
4839@end smallexample
4840
c906108c 4841@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 4842@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 4843
56caf160 4844@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
4845Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
4846or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
4847added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
4848routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
4849exceeded.
4850
4851The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
4852printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
4853away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
4854@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
4855@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
4856return!
4857
56caf160 4858It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
4859space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
4860indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
4861the line wraps there.
4862
4863Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
4864finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 4865to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
4866print warnings are a good example.
4867
25822942 4868@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 4869@cindex coding standards
c906108c 4870
25822942 4871@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 4872@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
4873FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
4874of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
4875but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 4876
56caf160
EZ
4877@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
4878@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 4879
af6c57ea 4880
b9aa90c9 4881@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 4882
b9aa90c9
AC
4883@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
4884compiler.
af6c57ea 4885
b9aa90c9 4886@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
4887
4888
4889@subsection Memory Management
4890
4891@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
4892@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
4893
4894@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
4895@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
4896these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
4897they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
4898@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
4899
4900@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
4901memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
4902behavior.}
4903
4904@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
4905
4906@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
4907memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
4908free a @code{NULL} pointer.
4909
4910@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
4911@code{NULL} pointer.}
4912
4913@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
4914allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
4915
4916@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
4917restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
4918
4919@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 4920function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
4921
4922@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
4923functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
4924errors.}
4925
4926
4927@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 4928@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea
AC
4929
4930With few exceptions, developers should include the configuration option
4931@samp{--enable-gdb-build-warnings=,-Werror} when building @value{GDBN}.
4932The exceptions are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
4933
4934This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
4935with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
4936from those flags being treated as errors.
4937
4938The current list of warning flags includes:
4939
4940@table @samp
4941@item -Wimplicit
4942Since @value{GDBN} coding standard requires all functions to be declared
4943using a prototype, the flag has the side effect of ensuring that
4944prototyped functions are always visible with out resorting to
4945@samp{-Wstrict-prototypes}.
4946
4947@item -Wreturn-type
4948Such code often appears to work except on instruction set architectures
4949that use register windows.
4950
4951@item -Wcomment
4952
4953@item -Wtrigraphs
4954
4955@item -Wformat
153721e6 4956@itemx -Wformat-nonliteral
af6c57ea 4957Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
153721e6 4958@code{printf} like functions these check not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
4959but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
4960
4961@item -Wparentheses
4962This warning includes uses of the assignment operator within an
4963@code{if} statement.
4964
4965@item -Wpointer-arith
4966
4967@item -Wuninitialized
0f0cffd2
AC
4968
4969@item -Wunused-label
4970This warning has the additional benefit of detecting the absence of the
4971@code{case} reserved word in a switch statement:
4972@smallexample
4973enum @{ FD_SCHEDULED, NOTHING_SCHEDULED @} sched;
4974@dots{}
4975switch (sched)
4976 @{
4977 case FD_SCHEDULED:
4978 @dots{};
4979 break;
4980 NOTHING_SCHEDULED:
4981 @dots{};
4982 break;
4983 @}
4984@end smallexample
c9830293
AC
4985
4986@item -Wunused-function
af6c57ea
AC
4987@end table
4988
4989@emph{Pragmatics: Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented most
4990functions have unused parameters. Consequently the warning
4991@samp{-Wunused-parameter} is precluded from the list. The macro
4992@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
4993it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
4994is being used. The options @samp{-Wall} and @samp{-Wunused} are also
4995precluded because they both include @samp{-Wunused-parameter}.}
4996
4997@emph{Pragmatics: @value{GDBN} has not simply accepted the warnings
4998enabled by @samp{-Wall -Werror -W...}. Instead it is selecting warnings
4999when and where their benefits can be demonstrated.}
c906108c
SS
5000
5001@subsection Formatting
5002
56caf160 5003@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5004The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5005strictly.
5006
af6c57ea
AC
5007A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5008function definition should have its name in column zero.
5009
474c8240 5010@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5011/* Declaration */
5012static void foo (void);
5013/* Definition */
5014void
5015foo (void)
5016@{
5017@}
474c8240 5018@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5019
5020@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5021be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5022
af6c57ea
AC
5023There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5024parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5025required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5026or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5027
5028While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5029more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5030after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5031whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5032for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5033
5034Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5035
474c8240 5036@smallexample
af6c57ea 5037void *foo;
474c8240 5038@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5039
5040@noindent
5041and not:
5042
474c8240 5043@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5044void * foo;
5045void* foo;
474c8240 5046@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5047
5048@subsection Comments
5049
56caf160 5050@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5051The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5052
af6c57ea
AC
5053Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5054@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5055
474c8240 5056@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5057/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5058 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5059 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5060 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5061 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5062@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5063
5064(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5065comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5066
5067Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5068variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5069
5070In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5071than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5072line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5073than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5074
5075@subsection C Usage
5076
56caf160 5077@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5078Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5079host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5080of evaluation of expressions.
5081
56caf160 5082@cindex function usage
c906108c 5083Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5084in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5085call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5086limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5087
5088However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5089are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5090
af6c57ea 5091@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5092(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5093protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5094
5095@cindex types
c906108c 5096
af6c57ea
AC
5097Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5098declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5099
5100
5101@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5102@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5103
5104Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5105a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5106argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5107function definition.
c906108c 5108
53a5351d
JM
5109All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5110callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5111be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5112visible to random source files.
c906108c 5113
af6c57ea
AC
5114Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5115that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5116
5117
5118@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5119
5120During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5121User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5122entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5123object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5124Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5125run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5126
5127When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5128@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5129
5130@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5131
5132@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5133the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5134@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5135error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5136
5137@subsection File Names
5138
5139Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5140case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5141unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5142
5143@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5144platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5145is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5146@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5147convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5148@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5149@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5150
5151Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5152of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5153
5154@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5155
5156When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5157@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5158@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5159independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5160the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5161should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5162programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5163
5164For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5165
5166
5167@subsection Include Files
5168
e2b28d04 5169A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5170
e2b28d04
AC
5171A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5172declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5173indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5174
e2b28d04
AC
5175A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5176declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5177indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5178be directly included.
af6c57ea 5179
e2b28d04 5180An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5181
e2b28d04
AC
5182An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5183Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5184pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5185
5186A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5187
5188An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5189files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5190@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5191
5192All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5193
474c8240 5194@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5195#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5196#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5197header body
5198#endif
474c8240 5199@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5200
c906108c 5201
dab11f21 5202@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5203
56caf160 5204@cindex design
c906108c 5205In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5206semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5207experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5208trouble.
5209
56caf160 5210@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5211You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5212(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5213must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5214@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5215such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5216
5217You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5218the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5219current @code{target_ops} vector.
5220
5221You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5222(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5223assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5224host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5225written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5226copyright problems.
5227
56caf160 5228@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5229Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5230to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5231systems.
5232
56caf160 5233@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5234New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5235or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5236for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5237features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5238has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5239often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5240predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5241time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5242with regard to this feature.
5243
5244Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5245target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5246
dab11f21
EZ
5247@cindex portable file name handling
5248@cindex file names, portability
5249One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5250creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5251assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5252a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5253directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5254necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5255system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5256name, use the following portable macros:
5257
5258@table @code
5259@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5260@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5261This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5262whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5263symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5264such hosts.
5265
5266@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5267@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5268Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5269character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5270such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5271pass.
5272
5273@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5274@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5275Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5276For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5277@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5278@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5279
5280@findex FILENAME_CMP
5281@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5282Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5283appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5284this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5285will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5286
5287@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5288@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5289Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5290@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5291This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5292
5293@findex SLASH_STRING
5294@item SLASH_STRING
5295This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5296absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5297@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5298@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5299@end table
5300
5301In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5302functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5303basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5304@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5305platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5306with @code{strrchr}.
5307
25822942
DB
5308Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5309attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5310multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5311by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5312well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5313something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5314using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5315@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5316current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5317is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5318implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5319attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5320formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5321
56caf160
EZ
5322Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
5323the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
5324@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
5325something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
5326consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
5327with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
5328file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
5329radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 5330
af6c57ea
AC
5331All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
5332@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
5333messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
5334@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
5335
c906108c 5336
8487521e 5337@node Porting GDB
c906108c 5338
25822942 5339@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 5340@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 5341
56caf160
EZ
5342Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
5343specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
5344dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
5345hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
5346@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
5347name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
5348@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 5349
56caf160
EZ
5350@itemize @bullet
5351@item
c906108c
SS
5352In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
5353@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
5354vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
5355@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
5356@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
5357running
5358
474c8240 5359@smallexample
c906108c 5360./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 5361@end smallexample
56caf160 5362
c906108c
SS
5363@noindent
5364and
56caf160 5365
474c8240 5366@smallexample
c906108c 5367./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 5368@end smallexample
56caf160 5369
c906108c
SS
5370@noindent
5371which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
5372and no error messages.
5373
56caf160 5374@noindent
c906108c
SS
5375You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
5376beyond the scope of this manual.
5377
56caf160 5378@item
25822942 5379To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
5380your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
5381desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
5382setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
5383@var{xyz}).
5384
7fd60527
AC
5385@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
5386@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
5387new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
5388Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
5389to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
5390changed again in the future.}
5391
56caf160 5392@item
25822942 5393Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
5394target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
5395configuration.
56caf160 5396@end itemize
c906108c 5397
d52fe014
AC
5398@node Versions and Branches
5399@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 5400
d52fe014 5401@section Versions
8973da3a 5402
d52fe014
AC
5403@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
5404@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 5405
d52fe014
AC
5406@table @asis
5407@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
5408@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5409an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
5410@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5411a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
54126.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
5413@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
5414a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
54156.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
5416@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 5417a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
5418@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
5419may include additional changes
d52fe014 5420@end table
fb0ff88f 5421
d52fe014
AC
5422@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
5423numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5424of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
5425@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 5426
53531fc1
AC
5427@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
5428@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
5429drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
5430first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
5431@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
5432@var{patchlevel}.
5433
5434For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
5435identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
5436
5437@table @asis
5438@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5439drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
5440@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5441@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5442drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
54436.1.90.20020304)
5444@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5445@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5446drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
5447@end table
fb0ff88f 5448
d52fe014
AC
5449If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
54506.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
5451here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 5452
d52fe014
AC
5453@smallexample
5454 <HEAD>
5455 |
53531fc1 54566.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 5457 |
53531fc1 5458 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5459 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 5460 | |
53531fc1
AC
54616.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
5462 | |
54636.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
5464 | |
54656.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 5466 | |
53531fc1
AC
54676.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
5468 | |
54696.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
5470 | |
54716.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
5472 | |
54736.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
5474 | |
54756.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 5476 |
53531fc1 54776.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 5478 |
53531fc1 5479 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5480 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
5481 | |
54826.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
5483 | |
d52fe014 5484@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5485
d52fe014
AC
5486@section Release Branches
5487@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 5488
d52fe014
AC
5489@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
5490single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
5491branch tags:
fb0ff88f 5492
d52fe014
AC
5493@smallexample
5494gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
5495gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
5496gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
5497@end smallexample
5498
5499@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
5500release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
5501date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
5502branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
5503
5504@section Vendor Branches
5505@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
5506
5507To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
5508@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
5509(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d52fe014
AC
5510its version identifer). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
5511Inc Patch 2)}.
5512
5513@section Experimental Branches
5514@cindex experimental branches
5515
5516@subsection Guidelines
5517
5518@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
5519repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
5520for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
5521significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 5522
d52fe014 5523The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 5524
d52fe014
AC
5525@table @emph
5526
5527@item a branch has an owner
5528The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
5529ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
5530adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
5531
5532@item all commits are posted
5533All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
5534@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
5535mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
5536should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
5537
5538@item all commits are covered by an assignment
5539This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
5540and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
5541
5542@item a branch is focused
5543A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
5544unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
5545be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
5546
5547@item a branch tracks mainline
5548This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
5549pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
5550mainline.
5551
5552@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
5553The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
5554branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
5555
5556@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
5557The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
5558the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 5559@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
5560
5561@end table
fb0ff88f 5562
d52fe014
AC
5563@subsection Tags
5564@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 5565
d52fe014
AC
5566To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
5567branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 5568
d52fe014 5569@table @code
fb0ff88f 5570
d52fe014
AC
5571@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5572@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
5573The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
5574date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
5575sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 5576@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5577cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
5578cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
5579 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 5580@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5581
d52fe014
AC
5582@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
5583The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
5584on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
5585use a command sequence like:
474c8240 5586@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5587cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
5588cvs update \
5589 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5590 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 5591@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5592@noindent
5593Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
5594merge.
5595
5596@end table
fb0ff88f 5597
d52fe014
AC
5598@noindent
5599For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
5600@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
5601
55f6ca0f
JB
5602@node Start of New Year Procedure
5603@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
5604@cindex new year procedure
5605
5606At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
5607
5608@itemize @bullet
5609@item
5610Rotate the ChangeLog file
5611
5612The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
5613@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
5614A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
5615contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
5616also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
5617the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
5618@smallexample
5619Local Variables:
5620mode: change-log
5621left-margin: 8
5622fill-column: 74
5623version-control: never
5624End:
5625@end smallexample
5626
5627@item
5628Update the copyright year in the startup message
5629
5630Update the copyright year in file @file{top.c}, function
5631@code{print_gdb_version}.
5632@end itemize
5633
d52fe014 5634@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 5635
d52fe014
AC
5636@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
5637@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 5638
9bb0a4d8
AC
5639@section Branch Commit Policy
5640
5641The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
56425.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
5643
5644@itemize @bullet
5645@item
5646The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
5647@item
5648Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
5649trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 5650file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
5651@item
5652When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
5653Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
5654when debugging a static binary?
5655@item
5656The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
5657the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
5658@item
5659Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
5660sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
5661@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
5662@end itemize
5663
5664@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
5665functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
5666This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
5667reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
5668
5669
cbb09e6a 5670@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 5671
8642bc8f 5672Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
5673code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
5674(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 5675
8642bc8f 5676Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
5677line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
5678been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 5679
cbb09e6a
AC
5680The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
5681wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
5682Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 5683
cbb09e6a 5684@enumerate
8973da3a 5685@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5686Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
5687list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
5688recommended.
8973da3a 5689@item
cbb09e6a 5690Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5691@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5692Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
5693Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 5694@item
cbb09e6a 5695Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5696@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5697Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
5698prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
5699@item
5700Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
5701released.
5702@item
5703Remove the obsolete code.
5704@end enumerate
5705
5706@noindent
5707@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
5708hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
5709helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
5710or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
5711the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
5712hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 5713
8973da3a 5714
9ae8b82c
AC
5715
5716@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 5717
8642bc8f
AC
5718The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
5719changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
5720instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
5721building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
5722@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 5723
9ae8b82c 5724@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 5725
9ae8b82c
AC
5726People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
5727something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
5728script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 5729
9ae8b82c 5730@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 5731
9ae8b82c
AC
5732Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
5733@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
5734@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
5735
5736@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 5737
8642bc8f 5738A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 5739
8642bc8f
AC
5740@itemize @bullet
5741@item
5742@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
5743@item
9ae8b82c
AC
5744@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
5745file)
5746@item
5747@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
5748@end itemize
5749
9ae8b82c 5750@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 5751
9ae8b82c
AC
5752@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
5753(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
5754conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
5755of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
5756regressions.
8642bc8f 5757
9ae8b82c 5758@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 5759
9ae8b82c 5760Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 5761
9ae8b82c 5762@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 5763
9ae8b82c 5764The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 5765
8642bc8f 5766
30107679 5767@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 5768
30107679 5769@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 5770
474c8240 5771@smallexample
30107679
AC
5772$ u=5.1
5773$ v=5.2
5774$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
5775$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
5776$ echo $u $V $D
57775.1 5_2 2002-03-03
5778$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5779-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight+dejagnu
5780cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
5781-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight+dejagnu
5782$ ^echo ^^
5783...
5784$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5785-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight+dejagnu
5786cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5787-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight+dejagnu
5788$ ^echo ^^
5789...
8642bc8f 5790$
474c8240 5791@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5792
5793@itemize @bullet
5794@item
30107679
AC
5795by using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt} the branch is forced to an exact
5796date/time.
5797@item
5798the trunk is first taged so that the branch point can easily be found
5799@item
5800Insight (which includes GDB) and dejagnu are all tagged at the same time
8642bc8f 5801@item
30107679 5802@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts
8642bc8f 5803@item
30107679
AC
5804the reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}
5805@end itemize
5806
5807@subheading Update @file{version.in}
5808
5809@smallexample
5810$ u=5.1
5811$ v=5.2
5812$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
5813$ echo $u $v$V
58145.1 5_2
5815$ cd /tmp
5816$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
5817-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
5818cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
5819 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
5820$ ^echo ^^
5821U src/gdb/version.in
5822$ cd src/gdb
5823$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
5824$ cat version.in
58255.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
5826$ cvs -f commit version.in
5827@end smallexample
5828
5829@itemize @bullet
5830@item
5831@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
5832mechanism
5833@item
5834@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
5835initial branch version number
8642bc8f
AC
5836@end itemize
5837
8642bc8f
AC
5838
5839@subheading Update the web and news pages
5840
30107679
AC
5841Something?
5842
8642bc8f
AC
5843@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
5844
30107679
AC
5845The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
5846This file needs to be updated so that:
5847
5848@itemize @bullet
5849@item
5850a daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}
5851@item
5852the new branch is included in the snapshot process
5853@end itemize
5854
5855@noindent
5856See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
5857cron table.
5858
5859The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
5860any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
5861snapshot directories.
5862
5863
5864@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
5865
5866The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
5867to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
5868refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
5869
5870The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
5871current release.
5872
5873@subheading Post the branch info
5874
5875Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
5876
5877@itemize @bullet
5878@item
5879@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
5880@item
5881@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list} and
5882@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list}
16737d73 5883@end itemize
30107679
AC
5884
5885@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
5886ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
5887list are alerted.}
5888
5889The announcement should include:
5890
5891@itemize @bullet
5892@item
5893the branch tag
5894@item
5895how to check out the branch using CVS
5896@item
5897the date/number of weeks until the release
5898@item
5899the branch commit policy
5900still holds.
16737d73 5901@end itemize
30107679 5902
8642bc8f
AC
5903@section Stabilize the branch
5904
5905Something goes here.
5906
5907@section Create a Release
5908
0816590b
AC
5909The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
5910down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
5911process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
5912process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 5913
0816590b
AC
5914When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
5915
5916@subsection Create a release candidate
5917
5918The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
5919made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
5920candidate).
5921
5922@subsubheading Freeze the branch
5923
5924Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
5925@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
5926
5927@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 5928
474c8240 5929@smallexample
0816590b
AC
5930$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
5931$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
5932$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
5933$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 5934/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
5935$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
5936$ cd $t/$b/$v
5937$ pwd
0816590b 5938/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
5939$ which autoconf
5940/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 5941$
474c8240 5942@end smallexample
8973da3a 5943
0816590b
AC
5944@noindent
5945Notes:
8973da3a 5946
0816590b
AC
5947@itemize @bullet
5948@item
5949Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
5950version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
5951found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
5952unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
5953@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
5954@end itemize
5955
5956@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 5957
474c8240 5958@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5959$ for m in gdb insight dejagnu
5960do
8973da3a
AC
5961( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
5962done
8642bc8f 5963$
474c8240 5964@end smallexample
8973da3a 5965
0816590b
AC
5966@noindent
5967Note:
8642bc8f 5968
0816590b
AC
5969@itemize @bullet
5970@item
5971The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
5972any confusion between what is written here and what your local
5973@code{cvs} really does.
5974@end itemize
5975
5976@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 5977
0816590b
AC
5978@table @file
5979
5980@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
5981
5982Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
5983releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
5984
0816590b 5985Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 5986
474c8240 5987@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5988$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
5989...
5990c-x 4 a
5991...
5992c-x c-s c-x c-c
5993$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
5994$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 5995@end smallexample
8973da3a 5996
0816590b
AC
5997@item gdb/README
5998
5999You'll need to update:
8973da3a 6000
0816590b
AC
6001@itemize @bullet
6002@item
6003the version
6004@item
6005the update date
6006@item
6007who did it
6008@end itemize
8973da3a 6009
474c8240 6010@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6011$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
6012...
8973da3a 6013c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 6014...
8973da3a 6015c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6016$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
6017$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6018@end smallexample
8973da3a 6019
0816590b
AC
6020@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
6021before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
6022to get it updated.}
8973da3a 6023
8642bc8f
AC
6024@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
6025@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
6026pursuing.}
8973da3a 6027
0816590b 6028@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 6029
474c8240 6030@smallexample
8642bc8f 6031$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
6032$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
60335.2
8642bc8f 6034$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
6035...
6036c-x 4 a
0816590b 6037... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 6038c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6039$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
6040$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6041@end smallexample
8973da3a 6042
0816590b 6043@item dejagnu/src/dejagnu/configure.in
8642bc8f
AC
6044
6045Dejagnu is more complicated. The version number is a parameter to
0816590b 6046@code{AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE}. Tweak it to read something like gdb-5.1.91.
8642bc8f 6047
0816590b 6048Don't forget to re-generate @file{configure}.
8642bc8f 6049
0816590b 6050Don't forget to include a @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8642bc8f 6051
0816590b
AC
6052@smallexample
6053$ emacs dejagnu/src/dejagnu/configure.in
6054...
6055c-x 4 a
6056...
6057c-x c-s c-x c-c
6058$ ( cd dejagnu/src/dejagnu && autoconf )
6059@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6060
0816590b
AC
6061@end table
6062
6063@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6064
6065This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6066
4ce8657e
MC
6067@smallexample
6068$ for m in gdb insight
6069do
6070( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6071done
6072$ ( m=dejagnu; cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar.bz2 )
6073@end smallexample
6074
6075If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6076(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6077
474c8240 6078@smallexample
0816590b 6079$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6080do
0816590b 6081( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6082done
0816590b 6083$ ( m=dejagnu; cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar.bz2 )
474c8240 6084@end smallexample
8973da3a 6085
0816590b 6086@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6087
0816590b 6088You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6089@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6090for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6091
474c8240 6092@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6093$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6094M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6095? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6096? proto-toplev
0816590b 6097@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6098M gdb/ChangeLog
6099M gdb/NEWS
6100M gdb/README
6101M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6102@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6103$
474c8240 6104@end smallexample
8973da3a 6105
0816590b 6106@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6107@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6108@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6109was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
6110didn't get supressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6111
0816590b 6112@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6113
474c8240 6114@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6115$ cp */src/*.tar .
6116$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6117$ ls -F
6118dejagnu/ dejagnu-gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
6119$ for m in gdb insight
6120do
6121bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6122gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6123done
6124$
474c8240 6125@end smallexample
8973da3a 6126
0816590b
AC
6127@noindent
6128Note:
6129
6130@itemize @bullet
6131@item
6132A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6133in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6134can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6135process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6136@end itemize
6137
6138@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6139
0816590b 6140Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6141
0816590b
AC
6142@smallexample
6143$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6144$ cd gdb-5.2
6145$ ./configure
6146$ make
6147@dots{}
6148$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6149GNU gdb 5.2
6150@dots{}
6151(gdb) b main
6152Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6153(gdb) run
6154Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6155
6156Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6157734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6158(gdb) print args
6159$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6160(gdb)
6161@end smallexample
8973da3a 6162
0816590b 6163@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6164
0816590b 6165If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6166
0816590b
AC
6167@enumerate
6168@item
6169Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6170@item
6171Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6172@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6173process can restart.
6174@item
6175Make the release candidate available in
6176@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6177@item
6178Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6179@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6180@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6181
0816590b 6182@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6183
0816590b 6184(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6185
0816590b 6186@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6187
0816590b 6188Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6189
474c8240 6190@smallexample
0816590b 6191$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6192$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6193@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6194
0816590b
AC
6195@noindent
6196Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6197are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6198
6199@smallexample
6200$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6201$ rm @dots{}
6202@end smallexample
6203
6204@noindent
6205Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6206directory:
6207
6208@smallexample
6209$ vi README
6210@dots{}
6211$ rm -f .message
6212$ ln README .message
6213@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6214
0816590b 6215@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6216
0816590b
AC
6217@table @file
6218
6219@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6220This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6221@itemize @bullet
6222@item
0816590b 6223General announcement
8642bc8f 6224@item
0816590b
AC
6225News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6226earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6227@item
0816590b
AC
6228Errata
6229@end itemize
6230
6231@item htdocs/index.html
6232@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6233@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6234These files include:
6235@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6236@item
0816590b 6237announcement of the most recent release
8642bc8f 6238@item
0816590b 6239news entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6240@end itemize
0816590b 6241These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6242
0816590b 6243@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6244You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6245docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6246from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6247Something like:
6248
474c8240 6249@smallexample
8642bc8f 6250$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6251 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6252 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6253 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6254 gdb
474c8240 6255@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6256
0816590b
AC
6257@item download/ari/
6258Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6259
0816590b
AC
6260@smallexample
6261$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6262 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6263 $PWD/www \
6264 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6265 gdb
6266@end smallexample
6267
6268@end table
6269
6270@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6271
6272Something goes here.
6273
6274
6275@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6276
6277At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6278@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6279
6280@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6281
6282Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6283
6284@itemize @bullet
6285@item
6286@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6287@item
0816590b
AC
6288@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6289day or so to let things get out)
6290@item
6291@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6292@end itemize
6293
0816590b 6294@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6295
0816590b 6296The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6297
0816590b 6298@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6299
0816590b 6300In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6301
6302@itemize @bullet
6303@item
6304@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6305@item
6306@file{gdb/version.in}
6307@item
6308@file{gdb/NEWS}
6309@item
6310@file{gdb/README}
6311@end itemize
6312
0816590b 6313@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6314
6315Something like:
6316
474c8240 6317@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6318$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6319$ echo $d
63202002-01-24
6321$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6322$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6323@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6324
0816590b
AC
6325Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
6326@value{GDBN} (@code{dejagnu} doesn't get tagged but I think we can live
6327with that).
6328
6329@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6330
0816590b
AC
6331Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6332indicates when the release was made.
6333
6334@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6335
6336If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6337@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6338committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6339@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
6340is important - it affects the snapshot process).
6341
6342Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
6343
0816590b 6344@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 6345
8642bc8f
AC
6346The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
6347trunk.
8973da3a 6348
0816590b
AC
6349@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
6350
6351Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
6352Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
6353generated by running:
6354
6355@smallexample
6356$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
6357@end smallexample
6358
6359@noindent
6360The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
6361of the most recent release.
6362
6363Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
6364
8642bc8f 6365@section Post release
8973da3a 6366
8642bc8f 6367Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 6368
085dd6e6
JM
6369@node Testsuite
6370
6371@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 6372@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 6373
56caf160
EZ
6374The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
6375While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
6376this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
6377the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
6378to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 6379
56caf160
EZ
6380The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework.
6381DejaGNU is built using @code{Tcl} and @code{expect}. The tests
6382themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework runs all the
6383procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
6384
6385@section Using the Testsuite
6386
56caf160 6387@cindex running the test suite
25822942 6388To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
6389testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
6390environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
6391the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
6392and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
6393finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 6394
474c8240 6395@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
6396 === gdb Summary ===
6397
6398# of expected passes 6016
6399# of unexpected failures 58
6400# of unexpected successes 5
6401# of expected failures 183
6402# of unresolved testcases 3
6403# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 6404@end smallexample
56caf160 6405
085dd6e6
JM
6406The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
6407conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
6408real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
6409failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
6410hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
6411everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
6412being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
6413lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
6414Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
6415reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
6416catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
6417program.
6418
6419When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
6420testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
6421regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
6422run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
6423compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
6424testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
6425options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
6426host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
6427mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
6428
6429If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
6430tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
6431and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
6432Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
6433failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
6434difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
6435in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
6436tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 6437
e7dc800a
MC
6438DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
6439some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
6440the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
6441will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
6442
6443@smallexample
6444UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
6445@end smallexample
6446
085dd6e6
JM
6447@section Testsuite Organization
6448
56caf160 6449@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
6450The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
6451testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
6452and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 6453handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 6454@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 6455all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
6456configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
6457definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
6458
6459The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
6460subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
6461with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
6462in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
6463get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
6464
6465The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
6466are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
6467located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
6468execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
6469intelligibility.
6470
56caf160 6471@table @file
085dd6e6 6472@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 6473This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 6474configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 6475The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 6476ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
6477for prototypes).
6478
6479@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 6480Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 6481@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
6482
6483@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
6484Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
6485(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
6486HP-UX.
6487
6488@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
6489Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
64901999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
6491couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
6492imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
6493extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
6494
6495@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 6496Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
6497instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
6498@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
6499@end table
6500
6501@section Writing Tests
56caf160 6502@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 6503
25822942 6504In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
6505should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
6506
6507You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
6508includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
6509However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
6510instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
6511calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
6512
6513Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
25822942 6514necessary, such as when @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to a command.
085dd6e6
JM
6515
6516The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 6517style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 6518styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 6519instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
6520never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
6521uniformly.
6522
c906108c
SS
6523@node Hints
6524
6525@chapter Hints
6526
6527Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
6528appear anywhere else in the directory.
6529
6530@menu
25822942 6531* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 6532* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
6533@end menu
6534
6535@node Getting Started,,, Hints
6536
6537@section Getting Started
6538
25822942 6539@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
6540work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
6541know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
6542
25822942
DB
6543This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
6544generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6545
6546Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
6547comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
6548function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 6549explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
6550free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
6551out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
6552actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
6553
6554Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
6555native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
6556repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
6557macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
6558default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
6559also documents all the available macros.
6560@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
6561@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
6562@c Conditionals})
6563
56caf160
EZ
6564Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
6565@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
6566@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
6567code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
6568
6569You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
6570enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 6571language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
6572the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
6573and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
6574are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
6575approach.
6576
25822942 6577Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
6578specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
6579function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
6580will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
6581calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
6582(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
6583called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
6584functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
6585one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
6586structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
6587the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
6588look like.
6589
6590Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
6591code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
6592principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
6593else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
6594rather than worrying about all its details.
6595
56caf160
EZ
6596@cindex command implementation
6597A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
6598a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
6599single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
6600@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
6601via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
6602which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
6603the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
6604@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
6605command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
6606display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
6607not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
6608tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
6609breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
6610
6611@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
6612If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
6613on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
6614wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 6615@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
6616Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
6617
33e16fad 6618@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 6619
25822942 6620@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 6621@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 6622
25822942 6623If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
6624fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
6625Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 6626debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 6627./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 6628@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 6629
25822942 6630When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
6631@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
6632gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 6633in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
6634gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
6635
6636If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
6637you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
6638routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
6639@kbd{M-.}
6640
25822942 6641Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
6642have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
6643
6644@section Submitting Patches
6645
56caf160 6646@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 6647Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 6648@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
6649Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
6650changes.
6651
25822942
DB
6652The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
6653This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6654
6655If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
6656or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
6657with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
6658
56caf160 6659@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
6660The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
6661copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
6662of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
6663standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
6664and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
6665owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
6666changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
6667etc) can be
9e0b60a8 6668contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 6669bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
6670this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
6671since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
6672
6673Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
6674feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
6675Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
6676header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
6677each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
6678needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
6679@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
6680single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
6681
6682In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 6683sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
6684If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
6685out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 6686
9e0b60a8
JM
6687The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
6688install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
6689or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 6690will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
6691The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
6692the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
6693being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
6694tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
6695the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
6696acceptable.
6697
6698If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
6699of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
6700installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
6701reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
6702complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
6703they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
6704permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
6705be for quite some time.
c906108c 6706
56caf160 6707Please send patches directly to
47b95330 6708@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c
SS
6709
6710@section Obsolete Conditionals
56caf160 6711@cindex obsolete code
c906108c 6712
25822942 6713Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following
c906108c
SS
6714configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses
6715should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched.
6716
6717@table @code
c906108c
SS
6718@item STACK_END_ADDR
6719This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use
6720in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the
25822942
DB
6721core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN}
6722gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration
c906108c 6723files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there),
25822942 6724and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files.
c906108c
SS
6725
6726Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR
6727is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old!
6728
c906108c
SS
6729@end table
6730
bcd7e15f 6731@include observer.texi
2154891a 6732@raisesections
aab4e0ec 6733@include fdl.texi
2154891a 6734@lowersections
aab4e0ec 6735
56caf160
EZ
6736@node Index
6737@unnumbered Index
6738
6739@printindex cp
6740
c906108c 6741@bye
This page took 1.008971 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.